82_FR_31819 82 FR 31690 - Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as Amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act-Accountability and State Plans

82 FR 31690 - Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as Amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act-Accountability and State Plans

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

Federal Register Volume 82, Issue 129 (July 7, 2017)

Page Range31690-31713
FR Document2017-12126

Under the Congressional Review Act, Congress has passed, and the President has signed, a resolution of disapproval of the accountability and State plans final regulations that were published on November 29, 2016. Because the resolution of disapproval invalidates these final regulations, the Department of Education (Department) is hereby removing these final regulations from the Code of Federal Regulations.

Federal Register, Volume 82 Issue 129 (Friday, July 7, 2017)
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 129 (Friday, July 7, 2017)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 31690-31713]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2017-12126]



[[Page 31689]]

Vol. 82

Friday,

No. 129

July 7, 2017

Part II





Department of Education





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





34 CFR Parts 200 and 299





Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as Amended by the Every 
Student Succeeds Act--Accountability and State Plans; Final Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 82 , No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules 
and Regulations

[[Page 31690]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

34 CFR Parts 200 and 299

[Docket ID ED-2016-OESE-0032]
RIN 1810-AB27


Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as Amended by the 
Every Student Succeeds Act--Accountability and State Plans

AGENCY: Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of 
Education.

ACTION: Final regulations; CRA revocation.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: Under the Congressional Review Act, Congress has passed, and 
the President has signed, a resolution of disapproval of the 
accountability and State plans final regulations that were published on 
November 29, 2016. Because the resolution of disapproval invalidates 
these final regulations, the Department of Education (Department) is 
hereby removing these final regulations from the Code of Federal 
Regulations.

DATES: This action is effective July 7, 2017.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Melissa Siry, U.S. Department of 
Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 3W104, Washington, DC 20202. 
Telephone: (202) 260-0926 or by email: [email protected].
    If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text 
telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-
800-877-8339.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On November 29, 2016, the Department 
published the accountability and State plans final regulations (81 FR 
86076). The regulations were effective on March 21, 2017. On March 27, 
2017, President Trump signed into law Congress' resolution of 
disapproval of the accountability and State plans final regulations 
under the Congressional Review Act as Public Law 115-13. Section 801(f) 
of the Congressional Review Act states that ``[a]ny rule that takes 
effect and later is made of no force or effect by enactment of a joint 
resolution under section 802 shall be treated as though such rule had 
never taken effect.'' Accordingly, the Department is hereby removing 
the accountability and State plans final regulations from the Code of 
Federal Regulations, and ensuring the CFR is returned to the state it 
would have been if this ``rule had never taken effect.'' Consistent 
with Executive Order 13777, the Department is evaluating all existing 
regulations and making recommendations to the agency head regarding 
their repeal, replacement, or modification, consistent with applicable 
law. As part of that effort, we will review the regulations in parts 
200 and 299.

List of Subjects

34 CFR Part 200

    Elementary and secondary education, Grant programs--education, 
Indians--education, Infants and children, Juvenile delinquency, Migrant 
labor, Private schools, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

34 CFR Part 299

    Administrative practice and procedure, Elementary and secondary 
education, Grant programs--education, Private schools, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: June 7, 2017.
Betsy DeVos,
Secretary of Education.

Amendment to 34 CFR Chapter II

    For the reasons discussed in the preamble, and under the authority 
of the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.) and Public Law 
115-13 (March 27, 2017), the Secretary of Education amends parts 200 
and 299 of title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:

PART 200--TITLE I--IMPROVING THE ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT OF THE 
DISADVANTAGED

0
 1. The authority citation for part 200 is revised to read as follows:

    Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6301 through 6578, unless otherwise noted.


0
 2. Section 200.7 is added to read as follows:


Sec.  200.7  Disaggregation of data.

    (a) Statistically reliable information. (1) A State may not use 
disaggregated data for one or more subgroups under Sec.  200.2(b)(10) 
to report achievement results under section 1111(h) of the Act or to 
identify schools in need of improvement, corrective action, or 
restructuring under section 1116 of the Act if the number of students 
in those subgroups is insufficient to yield statistically reliable 
information.
    (2)(i) Based on sound statistical methodology, each State must 
determine the minimum number of students sufficient to--
    (A) Yield statistically reliable information for each purpose for 
which disaggregated data are used; and
    (B) Ensure that, to the maximum extent practicable, all student 
subgroups in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii) (economically disadvantaged 
students; students from major racial and ethnic groups; students with 
disabilities as defined in section 9101(5) of the Act; and students 
with limited English proficiency as defined in section 9101(25) of the 
Act) are included, particularly at the school level, for purposes of 
making accountability determinations.
    (ii) Each State must revise its Consolidated State Application 
Accountability Workbook under section 1111 of the Act to include--
    (A) An explanation of how the State's minimum group size meets the 
requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section;
    (B) An explanation of how other components of the State's 
definition of adequate yearly progress (AYP), in addition to the 
State's minimum group size, interact to affect the statistical 
reliability of the data and to ensure the maximum inclusion of all 
students and student subgroups in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii); and
    (C) Information regarding the number and percentage of students and 
student subgroups in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii) excluded from school-level 
accountability determinations.
    (iii) Each State must submit a revised Consolidated State 
Application Accountability Workbook in accordance with paragraph 
(a)(2)(ii) of this section to the Department for technical assistance 
and peer review under the process established by the Secretary under 
section 1111(e)(2) of the Act in time for any changes to be in effect 
for AYP determinations based on school year 2009-2010 assessment 
results.
    (iv) Beginning with AYP decisions that are based on the assessments 
administered in the 2007-08 school year, a State may not establish a 
different minimum number of students under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this 
section for separate subgroups under Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii) or for the 
school as a whole.
    (b) Personally identifiable information. (1) A State may not use 
disaggregated data for one or more subgroups under Sec.  200.2(b)(10) 
to report achievement results under section 1111(h) of the Act if the 
results would reveal personally identifiable information about an 
individual student.
    (2) To determine whether disaggregated results would reveal 
personally identifiable information about an individual student, a 
State must apply the requirements under section 444(b) of the General 
Education

[[Page 31691]]

Provisions Act (the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974).
    (3) Nothing in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section shall be 
construed to abrogate the responsibility of States to implement the 
requirements of section 1116(a) of the Act for determining whether 
States, LEAs, and schools are making AYP on the basis of the 
performance of each subgroup under section 1111(b)(2)(C)(v) of the Act.
    (4) Each State shall include in its State plan, and each State and 
LEA shall implement, appropriate strategies to protect the privacy of 
individual students in reporting achievement results under section 
1111(h) of the Act and in determining whether schools and LEAs are 
making AYP on the basis of disaggregated subgroups.
    (c) Inclusion of subgroups in assessments. If a subgroup under 
Sec.  200.2(b)(10) is not of sufficient size to produce statistically 
reliable results, the State must still include students in that 
subgroup in its State assessments under Sec.  200.2.
    (d) Disaggregation at the LEA and State. If the number of students 
in a subgroup is not statistically reliable at the school level, the 
State must include those students in disaggregations at each level for 
which the number of students is statistically reliable--e.g., the LEA 
or State level.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(3); 1232g)



0
3. Section 200.12 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.12  Single statewide accountability system.

    (a)(1) Each State must demonstrate in its State plan that the State 
has developed and is implementing, beginning with the 2002-2003 school 
year, a single, statewide accountability system.
    (2) The State's accountability system must be effective in ensuring 
that all public elementary and secondary schools and LEAs in the State 
make AYP as defined in Sec. Sec.  200.13 through 200.20.
    (b) The State's accountability system must--
    (1) Be based on the State's academic standards under Sec.  200.1, 
academic assessments under Sec.  200.2, and other academic indicators 
under Sec.  200.19;
    (2) Take into account the achievement of all public elementary and 
secondary school students;
    (3) Be the same accountability system the State uses for all public 
elementary and secondary schools and all LEAs in the State; and
    (4) Include sanctions and rewards that the State will use to hold 
public elementary and secondary schools and LEAs accountable for 
student achievement and for making AYP, except that the State is not 
required to subject schools and LEAs not participating under subpart A 
of this part to the requirements of section 1116 of the ESEA.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(A))

Sec.  200.12   [Amended]

0
4. Add an undesignated center heading ``Adequate Yearly Progress 
(AYP)'' following Sec.  200.12.

0
5. Section 200.13 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.13  Adequate yearly progress in general.

    (a) Each State must demonstrate in its State plan what constitutes 
AYP of the State and of all public schools and LEAs in the State--
    (1) Toward enabling all public school students to meet the State's 
student academic achievement standards; while
    (2) Working toward the goal of narrowing the achievement gaps in 
the State, its LEAs, and its public schools.
    (b) A State must define adequate yearly progress, in accordance 
with Sec. Sec.  200.14 through 200.20, in a manner that--
    (1) Applies the same high standards of academic achievement to all 
public school students in the State, except as provided in paragraph 
(c) of this section;
    (2) Is statistically valid and reliable;
    (3) Results in continuous and substantial academic improvement for 
all students;
    (4) Measures the progress of all public schools, LEAs, and the 
State based primarily on the State's academic assessment system under 
Sec.  200.2;
    (5) Measures progress separately for reading/language arts and for 
mathematics;
    (6) Is the same for all public schools and LEAs in the State; and
    (7) Consistent with Sec.  200.7, applies the same annual measurable 
objectives under Sec.  200.18 separately to each of the following:
    (i) All public school students.
    (ii) Students in each of the following subgroups:
    (A) Economically disadvantaged students.
    (B) Students from major racial and ethnic groups.
    (C) Students with disabilities, as defined in section 9101(5) of 
the ESEA.
    (D) Students with limited English proficiency, as defined in 
section 9101(25) of the ESEA.
    (c)(1) In calculating AYP for schools, LEAs, and the State, a State 
must, consistent with Sec.  200.7(a), include the scores of all 
students with disabilities.
    (2) A State may include the proficient and advanced scores of 
students with the most significant cognitive disabilities based on the 
alternate academic achievement standards described in Sec.  200.1(d), 
provided that the number of those scores at the LEA and at the State 
levels, separately, does not exceed 1.0 percent of all students in the 
grades assessed in reading/language arts and in mathematics.
    (3) A State may not request from the Secretary an exception 
permitting it to exceed the cap on proficient and advanced scores based 
on alternate academic achievement standards under paragraph (c)(2) of 
this section.
    (4)(i) A State may grant an exception to an LEA permitting it to 
exceed the 1.0 percent cap on proficient and advanced scores based on 
the alternate academic achievement standards described in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section only if--
    (A) The LEA demonstrates that the incidence of students with the 
most significant cognitive disabilities exceeds 1.0 percent of all 
students in the combined grades assessed;
    (B) The LEA explains why the incidence of such students exceeds 1.0 
percent of all students in the combined grades assessed, such as 
school, community, or health programs in the LEA that have drawn large 
numbers of families of students with the most significant cognitive 
disabilities, or that the LEA has such a small overall student 
population that it would take only a few students with such 
disabilities to exceed the 1.0 percent cap; and
    (C) The LEA documents that it is implementing the State's 
guidelines under Sec.  200.1(f).
    (ii) The State must review regularly whether an LEA's exception to 
the 1.0 percent cap is still warranted.
    (5) In calculating AYP, if the percentage of proficient and 
advanced scores based on alternate academic achievement standards under 
Sec.  200.1(d) exceeds the cap in paragraph (c)(2) of this section at 
the State or LEA level, the State must do the following:
    (i) Consistent with Sec.  200.7(a), include all scores based on 
alternate academic achievement standards.
    (ii) Count as non-proficient the proficient and advanced scores 
that exceed the cap in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (iii) Determine which proficient and advanced scores to count as 
non-proficient in schools and LEAs responsible for students who are 
assessed based on alternate academic achievement standards.

[[Page 31692]]

    (iv) Include non-proficient scores that exceed the cap in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section in each applicable subgroup at the school, LEA, 
and State level.
    (v) Ensure that parents of a child who is assessed based on 
alternate academic achievement standards are informed of the actual 
academic achievement levels of their child.
    (d) The State must establish a way to hold accountable schools in 
which no grade level is assessed under the State's academic assessment 
system (e.g., K-2 schools), although the State is not required to 
administer a formal assessment to meet this requirement.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))



0
6. Section 200.14 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.14  Components of Adequate Yearly Progress.

    A State's definition of AYP must include all of the following:
    (a) A timeline in accordance with Sec.  200.15.
    (b) Starting points in accordance with Sec.  200.16.
    (c) Intermediate goals in accordance with Sec.  200.17.
    (d) Annual measurable objectives in accordance with Sec.  200.18.
    (e) Other academic indicators in accordance with Sec.  200.19.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))



0
7. Section 200.15 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.15  Timeline.

    (a) Each State must establish a timeline for making AYP that 
ensures that, not later than the 2013-2014 school year, all students in 
each group described in Sec.  200.13(b)(7) will meet or exceed the 
State's proficient level of academic achievement.
    (b) Notwithstanding subsequent changes a State may make to its 
academic assessment system or its definition of AYP under Sec. Sec.  
200.13 through 200.20, the State may not extend its timeline for all 
students to reach proficiency beyond the 2013-2014 school year.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))



0
8. Section 200.16 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.16  Starting points.

    (a) Using data from the 2001-2002 school year, each State must 
establish starting points in reading/language arts and in mathematics 
for measuring the percentage of students meeting or exceeding the 
State's proficient level of academic achievement.
    (b) Each starting point must be based, at a minimum, on the higher 
of the following percentages of students at the proficient level:
    (1) The percentage in the State of proficient students in the 
lowest-achieving subgroup of students under Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii).
    (2) The percentage of proficient students in the school that 
represents 20 percent of the State's total enrollment among all schools 
ranked by the percentage of students at the proficient level. The State 
must determine this percentage as follows:
    (i) Rank each school in the State according to the percentage of 
proficient students in the school.
    (ii) Determine 20 percent of the total enrollment in all schools in 
the State.
    (iii) Beginning with the lowest-ranked school, add the number of 
students enrolled in each school until reaching the school that 
represents 20 percent of the State's total enrollment among all 
schools.
    (iv) Identify the percentage of proficient students in the school 
identified in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (c)(1) Except as permitted under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, 
each starting point must be the same throughout the State for each 
school, each LEA, and each group of students under Sec.  200.13(b)(7).
    (2) A State may use the procedures under paragraph (b) of this 
section to establish separate starting points by grade span.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))



0
9. Section 200.17 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.17  Intermediate goals.

    Each State must establish intermediate goals that increase in equal 
increments over the period covered by the timeline under Sec.  200.15 
as follows:
    (a) The first incremental increase must take effect not later than 
the 2004-2005 school year.
    (b) Each following incremental increase must occur in not more than 
three years.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))



0
 10. Section 200.18 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.18  Annual measurable objectives.

    (a) Each State must establish annual measurable objectives that--
    (1) Identify for each year a minimum percentage of students that 
must meet or exceed the proficient level of academic achievement on the 
State's academic assessments; and
    (2) Ensure that all students meet or exceed the State's proficient 
level of academic achievement within the timeline under Sec.  200.15.
    (b) The State's annual measurable objectives--
    (1) Must be the same throughout the State for each school, each 
LEA, and each group of students under Sec.  200.13(b)(7); and
    (2) May be the same for more than one year, consistent with the 
State's intermediate goals under Sec.  200.17.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))



0
11. Section 200.19 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.19  Other academic indicators.

    (a) Elementary and middle schools. (1) Choice of indicator. To 
determine AYP, consistent with Sec.  200.14(e), each State must use at 
least one other academic indicator for public elementary schools and at 
least one other academic indicator for public middle schools, such as 
those in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (2) Goals. A State may, but is not required to, increase the goals 
of its other academic indicators over the course of the timeline under 
Sec.  200.15.
    (3) Reporting. A State and its LEAs must report under section 
1111(h) of the Act (annual report cards) performance on the academic 
indicators for elementary and middle schools at the school, LEA, and 
State levels in the aggregate and disaggregated by each subgroup 
described in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii).
    (4) Determining AYP. A State--
    (i) Must disaggregate its other academic indicators for elementary 
and middle schools by each subgroup described in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii) 
for purposes of determining AYP under Sec.  200.20(b)(2) (``safe 
harbor'') and as required under section 1111(b)(2)(C)(vii) of the Act 
(additional academic indicators under paragraph (c) of this section); 
but
    (ii) Need not disaggregate those indicators for determining AYP 
under Sec.  200.20(a)(1)(ii) (meeting the State's annual measurable 
objectives).
    (b) High schools--(1) Graduation rate. Consistent with paragraphs 
(b)(4) and (b)(5) of this section regarding reporting and determining 
AYP, respectively, each State must calculate a graduation rate, defined 
as follows, for all public high schools in the State:
    (i)(A) A State must calculate a ``four-year adjusted cohort 
graduation rate,'' defined as the number of students who graduate in 
four years with a regular high school diploma divided by the number of 
students who form the adjusted cohort for that graduating class.
    (B) For those high schools that start after grade nine, the cohort 
must be calculated based on the earliest high school grade.

[[Page 31693]]

    (ii) The term ``adjusted cohort'' means the students who enter 
grade 9 (or the earliest high school grade) and any students who 
transfer into the cohort in grades 9 through 12 minus any students 
removed from the cohort.
    (A) The term ``students who transfer into the cohort'' means the 
students who enroll after the beginning of the entering cohort's first 
year in high school, up to and including in grade 12.
    (B) To remove a student from the cohort, a school or LEA must 
confirm in writing that the student transferred out, emigrated to 
another country, or is deceased.
    (1) To confirm that a student transferred out, the school or LEA 
must have official written documentation that the student enrolled in 
another school or in an educational program that culminates in the 
award of a regular high school diploma.
    (2) A student who is retained in grade, enrolls in a General 
Educational Development (GED) program, or leaves school for any other 
reason may not be counted as having transferred out for the purpose of 
calculating graduation rate and must remain in the adjusted cohort.
    (iii) The term ``students who graduate in four years'' means 
students who earn a regular high school diploma at the conclusion of 
their fourth year, before the conclusion of their fourth year, or 
during a summer session immediately following their fourth year.
    (iv) The term ``regular high school diploma'' means the standard 
high school diploma that is awarded to students in the State and that 
is fully aligned with the State's academic content standards or a 
higher diploma and does not include a GED credential, certificate of 
attendance, or any alternative award.
    (v) In addition to calculating a four-year adjusted cohort 
graduation rate, a State may propose to the Secretary for approval an 
``extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate.''
    (A) An extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate is defined as 
the number of students who graduate in four years or more with a 
regular high school diploma divided by the number of students who form 
the adjusted cohort for the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate, 
provided that the adjustments account for any students who transfer 
into the cohort by the end of the year of graduation being considered 
minus the number of students who transfer out, emigrate to another 
country, or are deceased by the end of that year.
    (B) A State may calculate one or more extended-year adjusted cohort 
graduation rates.
    (2) Transitional graduation rate. (i) Prior to the deadline in 
paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section, a State must calculate 
graduation rate as defined in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or use, 
on a transitional basis--
    (A) A graduation rate that measures the percentage of students from 
the beginning of high school who graduate with a regular high school 
diploma in the standard number of years; or
    (B) Another definition, developed by the State and approved by the 
Secretary, that more accurately measures the rate of student graduation 
from high school with a regular high school diploma.
    (ii) For a transitional graduation rate calculated under paragraph 
(b)(2)(i) of this section--
    (A) ``Regular high school diploma'' has the same meaning as in 
paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section;
    (B) ``Standard number of years'' means four years unless a high 
school begins after ninth grade, in which case the standard number of 
years is the number of grades in the school; and
    (C) A dropout may not be counted as a transfer.
    (3) Goal and targets. (i) A State must set--
    (A) A single graduation rate goal that represents the rate the 
State expects all high schools in the State to meet; and
    (B) Annual graduation rate targets that reflect continuous and 
substantial improvement from the prior year toward meeting or exceeding 
the graduation rate goal.
    (ii) Beginning with AYP determinations under Sec.  200.20 based on 
school year 2009-2010 assessment results, in order to make AYP, any 
high school or LEA that serves grade 12 and the State must meet or 
exceed--
    (A) The graduation rate goal set by the State under paragraph 
(b)(3)(i)(A) of this section; or
    (B) The State's targets for continuous and substantial improvement 
from the prior year, as set by the State under paragraph (b)(3)(i)(B) 
of this section.
    (4) Reporting. (i) In accordance with the deadlines in paragraph 
(b)(4)(ii) of this section, a State and its LEAs must report under 
section 1111(h) of the Act (annual report cards) graduation rate at the 
school, LEA, and State levels in the aggregate and disaggregated by 
each subgroup described in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii).
    (ii)(A) Beginning with report cards providing results of 
assessments administered in the 2010-2011 school year, a State and its 
LEAs must report the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate 
calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this 
section.
    (B) If a State adopts an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation 
rate calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section, 
the State and its LEAs must report, beginning with the first year for 
which the State calculates such a rate, the extended-year adjusted 
cohort graduation rate separately from the four-year adjusted cohort 
graduation rate.
    (C) Prior to the deadline in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this 
section, a State and its LEAs must report a graduation rate calculated 
in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section in the 
aggregate and disaggregated by the subgroups in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii).
    (5) Determining AYP. (i) Beginning with AYP determinations under 
Sec.  200.20 based on school year 2011-2012 assessment results, a State 
must calculate graduation rate under paragraph (b)(1) of this section 
at the school, LEA, and State levels in the aggregate and disaggregated 
by each subgroup described in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii).
    (ii) Prior to the AYP determinations described in paragraph 
(b)(5)(i) of this section, a State must calculate graduation rate in 
accordance with either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section--
    (A) In the aggregate at the school, LEA, and State levels for 
determining AYP under Sec.  200.20(a)(1)(ii) (meeting the State's 
annual measurable objectives), except as provided in paragraph 
(b)(7)(iii) of this section; but
    (B) In the aggregate and disaggregated by each subgroup described 
in Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii) for purposes of determining AYP under Sec.  
200.20(b)(2) (``safe harbor'') and as required under section 
1111(b)(2)(C)(vii) of the Act (additional academic indicators under 
paragraph (c) of this section).
    (6) Accountability workbook. (i) A State must revise its 
Consolidated State Application Accountability Workbook submitted under 
section 1111 of the Act to include the following:
    (A) The State's graduation rate definition that the State will use 
to determine AYP based on school year 2009-2010 assessment results.
    (B) The State's progress toward meeting the deadline in paragraph 
(b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section for calculating and reporting the four-
year adjusted cohort graduation rate defined in paragraph (b)(1)(i) 
through (iv) of this section.
    (C) The State's graduation rate goal and targets.
    (D) An explanation of how the State's graduation rate goal 
represents the rate the State expects all high schools in the State to 
meet and how the State's targets demonstrate continuous and substantial

[[Page 31694]]

improvement from the prior year toward meeting or exceeding the goal.
    (E) The graduation rate for the most recent school year of the high 
school at the 10th percentile, the 50th percentile, and the 90th 
percentile in the State (ranked in terms of graduation rate).
    (F) If a State uses an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation 
rate, a description of how it will use that rate with its four-year 
adjusted cohort graduation rate to determine whether its schools and 
LEAs have made AYP.
    (ii) Each State must submit, consistent with the timeline in Sec.  
200.7(a)(2)(iii), its revised Consolidated State Application 
Accountability Workbook in accordance with paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this 
section to the Department for technical assistance and peer review 
under the process established by the Secretary under section 1111(e)(2) 
of the Act.
    (7) Extension. (i) If a State cannot meet the deadline in paragraph 
(b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section, the State may request an extension of 
the deadline from the Secretary.
    (ii) To receive an extension, a State must submit to the Secretary, 
by March 2, 2009--
    (A) Evidence satisfactory to the Secretary demonstrating that the 
State cannot meet the deadline in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this 
section; and
    (B) A detailed plan and timeline addressing the steps the State 
will take to implement, as expeditiously as possible, a graduation rate 
consistent with paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
    (iii) A State that receives an extension under this paragraph must, 
beginning with AYP determinations under Sec.  200.20 based on school 
year 2011-2012 assessment results, calculate graduation rate under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at the school, LEA, and State levels 
in the aggregate and disaggregated by each subgroup described in Sec.  
200.13(b)(7)(ii).
    (c) The State may include additional academic indicators determined 
by the State, including, but not limited to, the following:
    (1) Additional State or locally administered assessments not 
included in the State assessment system under Sec.  200.2.
    (2) Grade-to-grade retention rates.
    (3) Attendance rates.
    (4) Percentages of students completing gifted and talented, 
advanced placement, and college preparatory courses.
    (d) A State must ensure that its other academic indicators are--
    (1) Valid and reliable;
    (2) Consistent with relevant, nationally recognized professional 
and technical standards, if any; and
    (3) Consistent throughout the State within each grade span.
    (e) Except as provided in Sec.  200.20(b)(2), a State--
    (1) May not use the indicators in paragraphs (a) through (c) of 
this section to reduce the number, or change the identity, of schools 
that would otherwise be subject to school improvement, corrective 
action, or restructuring if those indicators were not used; but
    (2) May use the indicators to identify additional schools for 
school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2), (h))



0
12. Section 200.20 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.20  Making adequate yearly progress.

    A school or LEA makes AYP if it complies with paragraph (c) and 
with either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section separately in reading/
language arts and in mathematics.
    (a)(1) A school or LEA makes AYP if, consistent with paragraph (f) 
of this section--
    (i) Each group of students under Sec.  200.13(b)(7) meets or 
exceeds the State's annual measurable objectives under Sec.  200.18; 
and
    (ii) The school or LEA, respectively, meets or exceeds the State's 
other academic indicators under Sec.  200.19.
    (2) For a group under Sec.  200.13(b)(7) to be included in the 
determination of AYP for a school or LEA, the number of students in the 
group must be sufficient to yield statistically reliable information 
under Sec.  200.7(a).
    (b) If students in any group under Sec.  200.13(b)(7) in a school 
or LEA do not meet the State's annual measurable objectives under Sec.  
200.18, the school or LEA makes AYP if, consistent with paragraph (f) 
of this section--
    (1) The percentage of students in that group below the State's 
proficient achievement level decreased by at least 10 percent from the 
preceding year; and
    (2) That group made progress on one or more of the State's academic 
indicators under Sec.  200.19 or the LEA's academic indicators under 
Sec.  200.30(c).
    (c)(1) A school or LEA makes AYP if, consistent with paragraph (f) 
of this section--
    (i) Not less than 95 percent of the students enrolled in each group 
under Sec.  200.13(b)(7) takes the State assessments under Sec.  200.2; 
and
    (ii) The group is of sufficient size to produce statistically 
reliable results under Sec.  200.7(a).
    (2) The requirement in paragraph (c)(1) of this section does not 
authorize a State, LEA, or school to systematically exclude 5 percent 
of the students in any group under Sec.  200.13(b)(7).
    (3) To count a student who is assessed based on alternate academic 
achievement standards described in Sec.  200.1(d) as a participant for 
purposes of meeting the requirements of this paragraph, the State must 
have, and ensure that its LEAs adhere to, guidelines that meet the 
requirements of Sec.  200.1(f).
    (d) For the purpose of determining whether a school or LEA has made 
AYP, a State may establish a uniform procedure for averaging data that 
includes one or more of the following:
    (1) Averaging data across school years. (i) A State may average 
data from the school year for which the determination is made with data 
from one or two school years immediately preceding that school year.
    (ii) If a State averages data across school years, the State must--
    (A) Implement, on schedule, the assessments in reading/language 
arts and mathematics in grades 3 through 8 and once in grades 10 
through 12 required under Sec.  200.5(a)(2);
    (B) Report data resulting from the assessments under Sec.  
200.5(a)(2);
    (C) Determine AYP under Sec. Sec.  200.13 through 200.20, although 
the State may base that determination on data only from the reading/
language arts and mathematics assessments in the three grade spans 
required under Sec.  200.5(a)(1); and
    (D) Implement the requirements in section 1116 of the ESEA.
    (iii) A State that averages data across years must determine AYP on 
the basis of the assessments under Sec.  200.5(a)(2) as soon as it has 
data from two or three years to average. Until that time, the State may 
use data from the reading/language arts and mathematics assessments 
required under Sec.  200.5(a)(1) to determine adequate yearly progress.
    (2) Combining data across grades. Within each subject area and 
subgroup, the State may combine data across grades in a school or LEA.
    (e)(1) In determining the AYP of an LEA, a State must include all 
students who were enrolled in schools in the LEA for a full academic 
year, as defined by the State.
    (2) In determining the AYP of a school, the State may not include 
students who were not enrolled in that school for a full academic year, 
as defined by the State.
    (f)(1) In determining AYP for a school or LEA, a State may--
    (i) Count recently arrived limited English proficient students as 
having participated in the State assessments for

[[Page 31695]]

purposes of meeting the 95 percent participation requirement under 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section if they take--
    (A) Either an assessment of English language proficiency under 
Sec.  200.6(b)(3) or the State's reading/language arts assessment under 
Sec.  200.2; and
    (B) The State's mathematics assessment under Sec.  200.2; and
    (ii) Choose not to include the scores of recently arrived limited 
English proficient students on the mathematics assessment, the reading/
language arts assessment (if administered to these students), or both, 
even if these students have been enrolled in the same school or LEA for 
a full academic year as defined by the State.
    (2)(i) In determining AYP for the subgroup of limited English 
proficient students and the subgroup of students with disabilities, a 
State may include, for up to two AYP determination cycles, the scores 
of--
    (A) Students who were limited English proficient but who no longer 
meet the State's definition of limited English proficiency; and
    (B) Students who were previously identified under section 602(3) of 
the IDEA but who no longer receive special education services.
    (ii) If a State, in determining AYP for the subgroup of limited 
English proficient students and the subgroup of students with 
disabilities, includes the scores of the students described in 
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, the State must include the scores 
of all such students, but is not required to--
    (A) Include those students in the limited English proficient 
subgroup or in the students with disabilities subgroup in determining 
if the number of limited English proficient students or students with 
disabilities, respectively, is sufficient to yield statistically 
reliable information under Sec.  200.7(a); or
    (B) With respect to students who are no longer limited English 
proficient--
    (1) Assess those students' English language proficiency under Sec.  
200.6(b)(3); or
    (2) Provide English language services to those students.
    (iii) For the purpose of reporting information on report cards 
under section 1111(h) of the Act--
    (A) A State may include the scores of former limited English 
proficient students and former students with disabilities as part of 
the limited English proficient and students with disabilities 
subgroups, respectively, for the purpose of reporting AYP at the State 
level under section 1111(h)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act;
    (B) An LEA may include the scores of former limited English 
proficient students and former students with disabilities as part of 
the limited English proficient and students with disabilities 
subgroups, respectively, for the purpose of reporting AYP at the LEA 
and school levels under section 1111(h)(2)(B) of the Act; but
    (C) A State or LEA may not include the scores of former limited 
English proficient students or former students with disabilities as 
part of the limited English proficient or students with disabilities 
subgroup, respectively, in reporting any other information under 
section 1111(h) of the Act.
    (g) Student academic growth. (1) A State may request authority 
under section 9401 of the Act to incorporate student academic growth in 
the State's definition of AYP under this section.
    (2) A State's policy for incorporating student academic growth in 
the State's definition of AYP must--
    (i) Set annual growth targets that--
    (A) Will lead to all students, by school year 2013-2014, meeting or 
exceeding the State's proficient level of academic achievement on the 
State assessments under Sec.  200.2;
    (B) Are based on meeting the State's proficient level of academic 
achievement on the State assessments under Sec.  200.2 and are not 
based on individual student background characteristics; and
    (C) Measure student achievement separately in mathematics and 
reading/language arts;
    (ii) Ensure that all students enrolled in the grades tested under 
Sec.  200.2 are included in the State's assessment and accountability 
systems;
    (iii) Hold all schools and LEAs accountable for the performance of 
all students and the student subgroups described in Sec.  
200.13(b)(7)(ii);
    (iv) Be based on State assessments that--
    (A) Produce comparable results from grade to grade and from year to 
year in mathematics and reading/language arts;
    (B) Have been in use by the State for more than one year; and
    (C) Have received full approval from the Secretary before the State 
determines AYP based on student academic growth;
    (v) Track student progress through the State data system;
    (vi) Include, as separate factors in determining whether schools 
are making AYP for a particular year--
    (A) The rate of student participation in assessments under Sec.  
200.2; and
    (B) Other academic indicators as described in Sec.  200.19; and
    (vii) Describe how the State's annual growth targets fit into the 
State's accountability system in a manner that ensures that the system 
is coherent and that incorporating student academic growth into the 
State's definition of AYP does not dilute accountability.
    (3) A State's proposal to incorporate student academic growth in 
the State's definition of AYP will be peer reviewed under the process 
established by the Secretary under section 1111(e)(2) of the Act.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2), (b)(3)(C)(xi); 7861)



0
 13. Section 200.21 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.21  Adequate yearly progress of a State.

    For each State that receives funds under subpart A of this part and 
under subpart 1 of part A of Title III of the ESEA, the Secretary must, 
beginning with the 2004-2005 school year, annually review whether the 
State has--
    (a)(1) Made AYP as defined by the State in accordance with 
Sec. Sec.  200.13 through 200.20 for each group of students in Sec.  
200.13(b)(7); and
    (2) Met its annual measurable achievement objectives under section 
3122(a) of the ESEA relating to the development and attainment of 
English proficiency by limited English proficient students.
    (b) A State must include all students who were enrolled in schools 
in the State for a full academic year in reporting on the yearly 
progress of the State.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 7325)



0
14. Section 200.22 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.22  National Technical Advisory Council.

    (a) To provide advice to the Department on technical issues related 
to the design and implementation of standards, assessments, and 
accountability systems, the Secretary shall establish a National 
Technical Advisory Council (hereafter referred to as the ``National 
TAC''), which shall be governed by the provisions of the Federal 
Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (Pub. L. 92-463, as amended; 5 U.S.C. 
App.).
    (b)(1) The members of the National TAC must include persons who 
have knowledge of and expertise in the design and implementation of 
educational standards, assessments, and accountability systems for all 
students, including students with disabilities and limited English 
proficient students, and experts with technical knowledge related to 
statistics and psychometrics.
    (2) The National TAC shall be composed of 10 to 20 members who

[[Page 31696]]

may meet as a whole or in committees, as the Secretary may determine.
    (3) The Secretary shall, through a notice published in the Federal 
Register--
    (i) Solicit nominations from the public for members of the National 
TAC; and
    (ii) Publish the list of members, once selected.
    (4) The Secretary shall screen nominees for membership on the 
National TAC for potential conflicts of interest to prevent, to the 
extent possible, such conflicts, or the appearance thereof, in the 
National TAC's performance of its responsibilities under this section.
    (c) The Secretary shall use the National TAC to provide its expert 
opinions on matters that arise during the State Plan review process.
    (d) The Secretary shall prescribe and publish the rules of 
procedure for the National TAC.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(e))

Sec.  200.23  [Removed and Reserved]

0
15. Remove and reserve Sec.  200.23.


Sec.  200.24  [Removed and Reserved]

0
16. Remove and reserve Sec.  200.24.


Sec.  200.29  [Amended]

0
17. Revise the undesignated center heading following Sec.  200.29 to 
read as follows:

LEA and School Improvement

0
18. Section 200.30 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.30  Local review.

    (a) Each LEA receiving funds under subpart A of this part must use 
the results of the State assessment system described in Sec.  200.2 to 
review annually the progress of each school served under subpart A of 
this part to determine whether the school is making AYP in accordance 
with Sec.  200.20.
    (b)(1) In reviewing the progress of an elementary or secondary 
school operating a targeted assistance program, an LEA may choose to 
review the progress of only the students in the school who are served, 
or are eligible for services, under subpart A of this part.
    (2) The LEA may exercise the option under paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section so long as the students selected for services under the 
targeted assistance program are those with the greatest need for 
special assistance, consistent with the requirements of section 1115 of 
the ESEA.
    (c)(1) To determine whether schools served under subpart A of this 
part are making AYP, an LEA also may use any additional academic 
assessments or any other academic indicators described in the LEA's 
plan.
    (2)(i) The LEA may use these assessments and indicators--
    (A) To identify additional schools for school improvement or in 
need of corrective action or restructuring; and
    (B) To permit a school to make AYP if, in accordance with Sec.  
200.20(b), the school also reduces the percentage of a student group 
not meeting the State's proficient level of academic achievement by at 
least 10 percent.
    (ii) The LEA may not, with the exception described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(i)(B) of this section, use these assessments and indicators to 
reduce the number of, or change the identity of, the schools that would 
otherwise be identified for school improvement, corrective action, or 
restructuring if the LEA did not use these additional indicators.
    (d) The LEA must publicize and disseminate the results of its 
annual progress review to parents, teachers, principals, schools, and 
the community.
    (e) The LEA must review the effectiveness of actions and activities 
that schools are carrying out under subpart A of this part with respect 
to parental involvement, professional development, and other activities 
assisted under subpart A of this part.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(a) and (b))



0
 19. Section 200.31 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.31  Opportunity to review school-level data.

    (a) Before identifying a school for school improvement, corrective 
action, or restructuring, an LEA must provide the school with an 
opportunity to review the school-level data, including academic 
assessment data, on which the proposed identification is based.
    (b)(1) If the principal of a school that an LEA proposes to 
identify for school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring 
believes, or a majority of the parents of the students enrolled in the 
school believe, that the proposed identification is in error for 
statistical or other substantive reasons, the principal may provide 
supporting evidence to the LEA.
    (2) The LEA must consider the evidence referred to in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section before making a final determination.
    (c) The LEA must make public a final determination of the status of 
the school with respect to identification not later than 30 days after 
it provides the school with the opportunity to review the data on which 
the proposed identification is based.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(2))



0
20. Section 200.32 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.32  Identification for school improvement.

    (a)(1)(i) An LEA must identify for school improvement any 
elementary or secondary school served under subpart A of this part that 
fails, for two consecutive years, to make AYP as defined under 
Sec. Sec.  200.13 through 200.20.
    (ii) In identifying schools for improvement, an LEA--
    (A) May base identification on whether a school did not make AYP 
because it did not meet the annual measurable objectives for the same 
subject or meet the same other academic indicator for two consecutive 
years; but
    (B) May not limit identification to those schools that did not make 
AYP only because they did not meet the annual measurable objectives for 
the same subject or meet the same other academic indicator for the same 
subgroup under Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii) for two consecutive years.
    (2) The LEA must make the identification described in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section before the beginning of the school year 
following the year in which the LEA administered the assessments that 
resulted in the school's failure to make AYP for a second consecutive 
year.
    (b)(1) An LEA must treat any school that was in the first year of 
school improvement status on January 7, 2002 as a school that is in the 
first year of school improvement under Sec.  200.39 for the 2002-2003 
school year.
    (2) Not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year, the 
LEA must, in accordance with Sec.  200.44, provide public school choice 
to all students in the school.
    (c)(1) An LEA must treat any school that was identified for school 
improvement for two or more consecutive years on January 7, 2002 as a 
school that is in its second year of school improvement under Sec.  
200.39 for the 2002-2003 school year.
    (2) Not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year, the 
LEA must--
    (i) In accordance with Sec.  200.44, provide public school choice 
to all students in the school; and
    (ii) In accordance with Sec.  200.45, make available supplemental 
educational services to eligible students who remain in the school.
    (d) An LEA may remove from improvement status a school otherwise 
subject to the requirements of

[[Page 31697]]

paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section if, on the basis of assessments 
the LEA administers during the 2001-2002 school year, the school makes 
AYP for a second consecutive year.
    (e)(1) An LEA may, but is not required to, identify a school for 
improvement if, on the basis of assessments the LEA administers during 
the 2001-2002 school year, the school fails to make AYP for a second 
consecutive year.
    (2) An LEA that does not identify such a school for improvement, 
however, must count the 2001-2002 school year as the first year of not 
making AYP for the purpose of subsequent identification decisions under 
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (f) If an LEA identifies a school for improvement after the 
beginning of the school year following the year in which the LEA 
administered the assessments that resulted in the school's failure to 
make AYP for a second consecutive year--
    (1) The school is subject to the requirements of school improvement 
under Sec.  200.39 immediately upon identification, including the 
provision of public school choice; and
    (2) The LEA must count that school year as a full school year for 
the purposes of subjecting the school to additional improvement 
measures if the school continues to fail to make AYP.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)



0
21. Section 200.33 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.33  Identification for corrective action.

    (a) If a school served by an LEA under subpart A of this part fails 
to make AYP by the end of the second full school year after the LEA has 
identified the school for improvement under Sec.  200.32(a) or (b), or 
by the end of the first full school year after the LEA has identified 
the school for improvement under Sec.  200.32(c), the LEA must identify 
the school for corrective action under Sec.  200.42.
    (b) If a school was subject to corrective action on January 7, 
2002, the LEA must--
    (1) Treat the school as a school identified for corrective action 
under Sec.  200.42 for the 2002-2003 school year; and
    (2) Not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year--
    (i) In accordance with Sec.  200.44, provide public school choice 
to all students in the school;
    (ii) In accordance with Sec.  200.45, make available supplemental 
educational services to eligible students who remain in the school; and
    (iii) Take corrective action under Sec.  200.42.
    (c) An LEA may remove from corrective action a school otherwise 
subject to the requirements of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section 
if, on the basis of assessments administered by the LEA during the 
2001-2002 school year, the school makes AYP for a second consecutive 
year.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)



0
22. Section 200.34 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.34  Identification for restructuring.

    (a) If a school continues to fail to make AYP after one full school 
year of corrective action under Sec.  200.42, the LEA must prepare a 
restructuring plan for the school and make arrangements to implement 
the plan.
    (b) If the school continues to fail to make AYP, the LEA must 
implement the restructuring plan no later than the beginning of the 
school year following the year in which the LEA developed the 
restructuring plan under paragraph (a) of this section.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(8))



0
23. Section 200.35 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.35  Delay and removal.

    (a) Delay. (1) An LEA may delay, for a period not to exceed one 
year, implementation of requirements under the second year of school 
improvement, under corrective action, or under restructuring if--
    (i) The school makes AYP for one year; or
    (ii) The school's failure to make AYP is due to exceptional or 
uncontrollable circumstances, such as a natural disaster or a 
precipitous and unforeseen decline in the financial resources of the 
LEA or school.
    (2) The LEA may not take into account a period of delay under 
paragraph (a) of this section in determining the number of consecutive 
years of the school's failure to make AYP.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the LEA 
must subject the school to further actions as if the delay never 
occurred.
    (b) Removal. If any school identified for school improvement, 
corrective action, or restructuring makes AYP for two consecutive 
school years, the LEA may not, for the succeeding school year--
    (1) Subject the school to the requirements of school improvement, 
corrective action, or restructuring; or
    (2) Identify the school for improvement.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b))



0
24. Section 200.36 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.36  Communication with parents.

    (a) Throughout the school improvement process, the State, LEA, or 
school must communicate with the parents of each child attending the 
school.
    (b) The State, LEA, or school must ensure that, regardless of the 
method or media used, it provides the information required by 
Sec. Sec.  200.37 and 200.38 to parents--
    (1) In an understandable and uniform format, including alternative 
formats upon request; and
    (2) To the extent practicable, in a language that parents can 
understand.
    (c) The State, LEA, or school must provide information to parents--
    (1) Directly, through such means as regular mail or email, except 
that if a State does not have access to individual student addresses, 
it may provide information to the LEA or school for distribution to 
parents; and
    (2) Through broader means of dissemination such as the internet, 
the media, and public agencies serving the student population and their 
families.
    (d) All communications must respect the privacy of students and 
their families.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)



0
25. Section 200.37 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  200.37  Notice of identification for improvement, corrective 
action, or restructuring.

    (a) If an LEA identifies a school for improvement or subjects the 
school to corrective action or restructuring, the LEA must, consistent 
with the requirements of Sec.  200.36, promptly notify the parent or 
parents of each child enrolled in the school of this identification.
    (b) The notice referred to in paragraph (a) of this section must 
include the following:
    (1) An explanation of what the identification means, and how the 
school compares in terms of academic achievement to other elementary 
and secondary schools served by the LEA and the SEA involved.
    (2) The reasons for the identification.
    (3) An explanation of how parents can become involved in addressing 
the academic issues that led to identification.
    (4)(i) An explanation of the parents' option to transfer their 
child to another public school, including the provision of 
transportation to the new school, in accordance with Sec.  200.44.

[[Page 31698]]

    (ii) The explanation of the parents' option to transfer must 
include, at a minimum, information on the academic achievement of the 
school or schools to which the child may transfer.
    (iii) The explanation may include other information on the school 
or schools to which the child may transfer, such as--
    (A) A description of any special academic programs or facilities;
    (B) The availability of before- and after-school programs;
    (C) The professional qualifications of teachers in the core 
academic subjects; and
    (D) A description of parental involvement opportunities.
    (iv) The explanation of the available school choices must be made 
sufficiently in advance of, but no later than 14 calendar days before, 
the start of the school year so that parents have adequate time to 
exercise their choice option before the school year begins.
    (5)(i) If the school is in its second year of improvement or 
subject to corrective action or restructuring, a notice explaining how 
parents can obtain supplemental educational services for their child in 
accordance with Sec.  200.45.
    (ii) The annual notice of the availability of supplemental 
educational services must include, at a minimum, the following:
    (A) The identity of approved providers of those services available 
within the LEA, including providers of technology-based or distance-
learning supplemental educational services, and providers that make 
services reasonably available in neighboring LEAs.
    (B) A brief description of the services, qualifications, and 
demonstrated effectiveness of the providers referred to in paragraph 
(b)(5)(ii)(A) of this section, including an indication of those 
providers who are able to serve students with disabilities or limited 
English proficient students.
    (C) An explanation of the benefits of receiving supplemental 
educational services.
    (iii) The annual notice of the availability of supplemental 
educational services must be--
    (A) Clear and concise; and
    (B) Clearly distinguishable from the other information sent to 
parents under this section.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)



0
26. Add Sec.  200.38 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.38  Information about action taken.

    (a) An LEA must publish and disseminate to the parents of each 
student enrolled in the school, consistent with the requirements of 
Sec.  200.36, and to the public information regarding any action taken 
by a school and the LEA to address the problems that led to the LEA's 
identification of the school for improvement, corrective action, or 
restructuring.
    (b) The information referred to in paragraph (a) of this section 
must include the following:
    (1) An explanation of what the school is doing to address the 
problem of low achievement.
    (2) An explanation of what the LEA or SEA is doing to help the 
school address the problem of low achievement.
    (3) If applicable, a description of specific corrective actions or 
restructuring plans.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b))



0
27. Add Sec.  200.39 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.39  Responsibilities resulting from identification for school 
improvement.

    (a) If an LEA identifies a school for school improvement under 
Sec.  200.32--
    (1) The LEA must--
    (i) Not later than the first day of the school year following 
identification, with the exception described in Sec.  200.32(f), 
provide all students enrolled in the school with the option to 
transfer, in accordance with Sec.  200.44, to another public school 
served by the LEA; and
    (ii) Ensure that the school receives technical assistance in 
accordance with Sec.  200.40; and
    (2) The school must develop or revise a school improvement plan in 
accordance with Sec.  200.41.
    (b) If a school fails to make AYP by the end of the first full 
school year after the LEA has identified it for improvement under Sec.  
200.32, the LEA must--
    (1) Continue to provide all students enrolled in the school with 
the option to transfer, in accordance with Sec.  200.44, to another 
public school served by the LEA;
    (2) Continue to ensure that the school receives technical 
assistance in accordance with Sec.  200.40; and
    (3) Make available supplemental educational services in accordance 
with Sec.  200.45.
    (c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the 
LEA must prominently display on its Web site, in a timely manner to 
ensure that parents have current information, the following information 
regarding the LEA's implementation of the public school choice and 
supplemental educational services requirements of the Act and this 
part:
    (i) Beginning with data from the 2007-2008 school year and for each 
subsequent school year, the number of students who were eligible for 
and the number of students who participated in public school choice.
    (ii) Beginning with data from the 2007-2008 school year and for 
each subsequent school year, the number of students who were eligible 
for and the number of students who participated in supplemental 
educational services.
    (iii) For the current school year, a list of supplemental 
educational services providers approved by the State to serve the LEA 
and the locations where services are provided.
    (iv) For the current school year, a list of available schools to 
which students eligible to participate in public school choice may 
transfer.
    (2) If the LEA does not have its own Web site, the SEA must include 
on the SEA's Web site the information required in paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section for the LEA.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b))



0
28. Add Sec.  200.40 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.40  Technical assistance.

    (a) An LEA that identifies a school for improvement under Sec.  
200.32 must ensure that the school receives technical assistance as the 
school develops and implements its improvement plan under Sec.  200.41 
and throughout the plan's duration.
    (b) The LEA may arrange for the technical assistance to be provided 
by one or more of the following:
    (1) The LEA through the statewide system of school support and 
recognition described under section 1117 of the ESEA.
    (2) The SEA.
    (3) An institution of higher education that is in full compliance 
with all of the reporting provisions of Title II of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965.
    (4) A private not-for-profit organization, a private for-profit 
organization, an educational service agency, or another entity with 
experience in helping schools improve academic achievement.
    (c) The technical assistance must include the following:
    (1) Assistance in analyzing data from the State assessment system, 
and other examples of student work, to identify and develop solutions 
to problems in--
    (i) Instruction;
    (ii) Implementing the requirements for parental involvement and 
professional development under this subpart; and
    (iii) Implementing the school plan, including LEA- and school-level 
responsibilities under the plan.
    (2) Assistance in identifying and implementing professional 
development and instructional strategies and methods

[[Page 31699]]

that have proved effective, through scientifically based research, in 
addressing the specific instructional issues that caused the LEA to 
identify the school for improvement.
    (3) Assistance in analyzing and revising the school's budget so 
that the school allocates its resources more effectively to the 
activities most likely to--
    (i) Increase student academic achievement; and
    (ii) Remove the school from school improvement status.
    (d) Technical assistance provided under this section must be based 
on scientifically based research.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(4))



0
29. Add Sec.  200.41 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.41  School improvement plan.

    (a)(1) Not later than three months after an LEA has identified a 
school for improvement under Sec.  200.32, the school must develop or 
revise a school improvement plan for approval by the LEA.
    (2) The school must consult with parents, school staff, the LEA, 
and outside experts in developing or revising its school improvement 
plan.
    (b) The school improvement plan must cover a 2-year period.
    (c) The school improvement plan must--
    (1) Specify the responsibilities of the school, the LEA, and the 
SEA serving the school under the plan, including the technical 
assistance to be provided by the LEA under Sec.  200.40;
    (2)(i) Incorporate strategies, grounded in scientifically based 
research, that will strengthen instruction in the core academic 
subjects at the school and address the specific academic issues that 
caused the LEA to identify the school for improvement; and
    (ii) May include a strategy for implementing a comprehensive school 
reform model described in section 1606 of the ESEA;
    (3) With regard to the school's core academic subjects, adopt 
policies and practices most likely to ensure that all groups of 
students described in Sec.  200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the school 
will meet the State's proficient level of achievement, as measured by 
the State's assessment system, not later than the 2013-2014 school 
year;
    (4) Establish measurable goals that--
    (i) Address the specific reasons for the school's failure to make 
adequate progress; and
    (ii) Promote, for each group of students described in Sec.  
200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the school, continuous and substantial 
progress that ensures that all these groups meet the State's annual 
measurable objectives described in Sec.  200.18;
    (5) Provide an assurance that the school will spend not less than 
10 percent of the allocation it receives under subpart A of this part 
for each year that the school is in school improvement status, for the 
purpose of providing high-quality professional development to the 
school's teachers, principal, and, as appropriate, other instructional 
staff, consistent with section 9101(34) of the ESEA, that--
    (i) Directly addresses the academic achievement problem that caused 
the school to be identified for improvement;
    (ii) Is provided in a manner that affords increased opportunity for 
participating in that professional development; and
    (iii) Incorporates teacher mentoring activities or programs;
    (6) Specify how the funds described in paragraph (c)(5) of this 
section will be used to remove the school from school improvement 
status;
    (7) Describe how the school will provide written notice about the 
identification to parents of each student enrolled in the school;
    (8) Include strategies to promote effective parental involvement at 
the school; and
    (9) As appropriate, incorporate activities before school, after 
school, during the summer, and during any extension of the school year.
    (d)(1) Within 45 days of receiving a school improvement plan, the 
LEA must--
    (i) Establish a peer-review process to assist with review of the 
plan;
    (ii) Promptly review the plan;
    (iii) Work with the school to make any necessary revisions; and
    (iv) Approve the plan if it meets the requirements of this section.
    (2) The LEA may condition approval of the school improvement plan 
on--
    (i) Inclusion of one or more of the corrective actions specified in 
Sec.  200.42; or
    (ii) Feedback on the plan from parents and community leaders.
    (e) A school must implement its school improvement plan immediately 
on approval of the plan by the LEA.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(3))



0
30. Add Sec.  200.42 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.42  Corrective action.

    (a) Definition. ``Corrective action'' means action by an LEA that--
    (1) Substantially and directly responds to--
    (i) The consistent academic failure of a school that led the LEA to 
identify the school for corrective action; and
    (ii) Any underlying staffing, curriculum, or other problems in the 
school;
    (2) Is designed to increase substantially the likelihood that each 
group of students described in Sec.  200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the 
school will meet or exceed the State's proficient levels of achievement 
as measured by the State assessment system; and
    (3) Is consistent with State law.
    (b) Requirements. If an LEA identifies a school for corrective 
action, in accordance with Sec.  200.33, the LEA must do the following:
    (1) Continue to provide all students enrolled in the school with 
the option to transfer to another public school in accordance with 
Sec.  200.44.
    (2) Continue to ensure that the school receives technical 
assistance consistent with the requirements of Sec.  200.40.
    (3) Make available supplemental educational services in accordance 
with Sec.  200.45.
    (4) Take at least one of the following corrective actions:
    (i) Replace the school staff who are relevant to the school's 
failure to make AYP.
    (ii) Institute and fully implement a new curriculum, including the 
provision of appropriate professional development for all relevant 
staff, that--
    (A) Is grounded in scientifically based research; and
    (B) Offers substantial promise of improving educational achievement 
for low-achieving students and of enabling the school to make AYP.
    (iii) Significantly decrease management authority at the school 
level.
    (iv) Appoint one or more outside experts to advise the school on--
    (A) Revising the school improvement plan developed under Sec.  
200.41 to address the specific issues underlying the school's continued 
failure to make AYP and resulting in identification for corrective 
action; and
    (B) Implementing the revised improvement plan.
    (v) Extend for that school the length of the school year or school 
day.
    (vi) Restructure the internal organization of the school.
    (5) Continue to comply with Sec.  200.39(c).

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(7))

Sec.  200.42  [Amended]

0
31. Remove the undesignated center heading ``Other State Plan 
Provisions'' following Sec.  200.42.


0
32. Revise Sec.  200.43 to read as follows:

[[Page 31700]]

Sec.  200.43  Restructuring.

    (a) Definition. ``Restructuring'' means a major reorganization of a 
school's governance arrangement by an LEA that--
    (1) Makes fundamental reforms to improve student academic 
achievement in the school;
    (2) Has substantial promise of enabling the school to make AYP as 
defined under Sec. Sec.  200.13 through 200.20;
    (3) Is consistent with State law;
    (4) Is significantly more rigorous and comprehensive than the 
corrective action that the LEA implemented in the school under Sec.  
200.42, unless the school has begun to implement one of the options in 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section as a corrective action; and
    (5) Addresses the reasons why the school was identified for 
restructuring in order to enable the school to exit restructuring as 
soon as possible.
    (b) Requirements. If the LEA identifies a school for restructuring 
in accordance with Sec.  200.34, the LEA must do the following:
    (1) Continue to provide all students enrolled in the school with 
the option to transfer to another public school in accordance with 
Sec.  200.44.
    (2) Make available supplemental educational services in accordance 
with Sec.  200.45.
    (3) Prepare a plan to carry out one of the following alternative 
governance arrangements:
    (i) Reopen the school as a public charter school.
    (ii) Replace all or most of the school staff (which may include, 
but may not be limited to, replacing the principal) who are relevant to 
the school's failure to make AYP.
    (iii) Enter into a contract with an entity, such as a private 
management company, with a demonstrated record of effectiveness, to 
operate the school as a public school.
    (iv) Turn the operation of the school over to the SEA, if permitted 
under State law and agreed to by the State.
    (v) Any other major restructuring of a school's governance 
arrangement that makes fundamental reforms, such as significant changes 
in the school's staffing and governance, in order to improve student 
academic achievement in the school and that has substantial promise of 
enabling the school to make AYP. The major restructuring of a school's 
governance may include replacing the principal so long as this change 
is part of a broader reform effort.
    (4) Provide to parents and teachers--
    (i) Prompt notice that the LEA has identified the school for 
restructuring; and
    (ii) An opportunity for parents and teachers to--
    (A) Comment before the LEA takes any action under a restructuring 
plan; and
    (B) Participate in the development of any restructuring plan.
    (5) Continue to comply with Sec.  200.39(c).
    (c) Implementation. (1) If a school continues to fail to make AYP, 
the LEA must--
    (i) Implement the restructuring plan no later than the beginning of 
the school year following the year in which the LEA developed the 
restructuring plan under paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
    (ii) Continue to offer public school choice and supplemental 
educational services in accordance with Sec. Sec.  200.44 and 200.45; 
and
    (iii) Continue to comply with Sec.  200.39(c).
    (2) An LEA is no longer required to carry out the requirements of 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section if the restructured school makes AYP 
for two consecutive school years.
    (d) Rural schools. On request, the Secretary will provide technical 
assistance for developing and carrying out a restructuring plan to any 
rural LEA--
    (1) That has fewer than 600 students in average daily attendance at 
all of its schools; and
    (2) In which all of the schools have a School Locale Code of 7 or 
8, as determined by the National Center for Education Statistics.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(8))



0
33. Add Sec.  200.44 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.44  Public school choice.

    (a) Requirements. (1) In the case of a school identified for school 
improvement under Sec.  200.32, for corrective action under Sec.  
200.33, or for restructuring under Sec.  200.34, the LEA must provide 
all students enrolled in the school with the option to transfer to 
another public school served by the LEA.
    (2) The LEA must offer this option, through the notice required in 
Sec.  200.37, so that students may transfer in the school year 
following the school year in which the LEA administered the assessments 
that resulted in its identification of the school for improvement, 
corrective action, or restructuring.
    (3) The schools to which students may transfer under paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section--
    (i) May not include schools that--
    (A) The LEA has identified for improvement under Sec.  200.32, 
corrective action under Sec.  200.33, or restructuring under Sec.  
200.34; or
    (B) Are persistently dangerous as determined by the State; and
    (ii) May include one or more public charter schools.
    (4) If more than one school meets the requirements of paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section, the LEA must--
    (i) Provide to parents of students eligible to transfer under 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section a choice of more than one such school; 
and
    (ii) Take into account the parents' preferences among the choices 
offered under paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section.
    (5) The LEA must offer the option to transfer described in this 
section unless it is prohibited by State law in accordance with 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (6) Except as described in Sec. Sec.  200.32(d) and 200.33(c), if a 
school was in school improvement or subject to corrective action before 
January 8, 2002, the State must ensure that the LEA provides a public 
school choice option in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year.
    (b) Limitation on State law prohibition. An LEA may invoke the 
State law prohibition on choice described in paragraph (a)(5) of this 
section only if the State law prohibits choice through restrictions on 
public school assignments or the transfer of students from one public 
school to another public school.
    (c) Desegregation plans. (1) If an LEA is subject to a 
desegregation plan, whether that plan is voluntary, court-ordered, or 
required by a Federal or State administrative agency, the LEA is not 
exempt from the requirement in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (2) In determining how to provide students with the option to 
transfer to another school, the LEA may take into account the 
requirements of the desegregation plan.
    (3) If the desegregation plan forbids the LEA from offering the 
transfer option required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the 
LEA must secure appropriate changes to the plan to permit compliance 
with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (d) Capacity. An LEA may not use lack of capacity to deny students 
the option to transfer under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (e) Priority. (1) In providing students the option to transfer to 
another public school in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section, the LEA must give priority to the lowest-achieving students 
from low-income families.
    (2) The LEA must determine family income on the same basis that the 
LEA

[[Page 31701]]

uses to make allocations to schools under subpart A of this part.
    (f) Status. Any public school to which a student transfers under 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section must ensure that the student is 
enrolled in classes and other activities in the school in the same 
manner as all other students in the school.
    (g) Duration of transfer. (1) If a student exercises the option 
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section to transfer to another public 
school, the LEA must permit the student to remain in that school until 
the student has completed the highest grade in the school.
    (2) The LEA's obligation to provide transportation for the student 
may be limited under the circumstances described in paragraph (i) of 
this section and in Sec.  200.48.
    (h) No eligible schools within an LEA. If all public schools to 
which a student may transfer within an LEA are identified for school 
improvement, corrective action, or restructuring, the LEA--
    (1) Must, to the extent practicable, establish a cooperative 
agreement for a transfer with one or more other LEAs in the area; and
    (2) May offer supplemental educational services to eligible 
students under Sec.  200.45 in schools in their first year of school 
improvement under Sec.  200.39.
    (i) Transportation. (1) If a student exercises the option under 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section to transfer to another public school, 
the LEA must, consistent with Sec.  200.48, provide or pay for the 
student's transportation to the school.
    (2) The limitation on funding in Sec.  200.48 applies only to the 
provision of choice-related transportation, and does not affect in any 
way the basic obligation to provide an option to transfer as required 
by paragraph (a) of this section.
    (3) The LEA's obligation to provide transportation for the student 
ends at the end of the school year in which the school from which the 
student transferred is no longer identified by the LEA for school 
improvement, corrective action, or restructuring.
    (j) Students with disabilities and students covered under Section 
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504). For students with 
disabilities under the IDEA and students covered under Section 504, the 
public school choice option must provide a free appropriate public 
education as that term is defined in section 602(8) of the IDEA or 34 
CFR 104.33, respectively.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)



0
34. Add Sec.  200.45 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.45  Supplemental educational services.

    (a) Definition. ``Supplemental educational services'' means 
tutoring and other supplemental academic enrichment services that are--
    (1) In addition to instruction provided during the school day;
    (2) Specifically designed to--
    (i) Increase the academic achievement of eligible students as 
measured by the State's assessment system; and
    (ii) Enable these children to attain proficiency in meeting State 
academic achievement standards; and
    (3) Of high quality and research-based.
    (b) Eligibility. (1) Only students from low-income families are 
eligible for supplemental educational services.
    (2) The LEA must determine family income on the same basis that the 
LEA uses to make allocations to schools under subpart A of this part.
    (c) Requirement. (1) If an LEA identifies a school for a second 
year of improvement under Sec.  200.32, corrective action under Sec.  
200.33, or restructuring under Sec.  200.34, the LEA must arrange, 
consistent with paragraph (d) of this section, for each eligible 
student in the school to receive supplemental educational services from 
a State-approved provider selected by the student's parents.
    (2) Except as described in Sec. Sec.  200.32(d) and 200.33(c), if a 
school was in school improvement status for two or more consecutive 
school years or subject to corrective action on January 7, 2002, the 
State must ensure that the LEA makes available, consistent with 
paragraph (d) of this section, supplemental educational services to all 
eligible students not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school 
year.
    (3) The LEA must, consistent with Sec.  200.48, continue to make 
available supplemental educational services to eligible students until 
the end of the school year in which the LEA is making those services 
available.
    (4)(i) At the request of an LEA, the SEA may waive, in whole or in 
part, the requirement that the LEA make available supplemental 
educational services if the SEA determines that--
    (A) None of the providers of those services on the list approved by 
the SEA under Sec.  200.47 makes those services available in the area 
served by the LEA or within a reasonable distance of that area; and
    (B) The LEA provides evidence that it is not otherwise able to make 
those services available.
    (ii) The SEA must notify the LEA, within 30 days of receiving the 
LEA's request for a waiver under paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section, 
whether it approves or disapproves the request and, if it disapproves, 
the reasons for the disapproval, in writing.
    (iii) An LEA that receives a waiver must renew its request for that 
waiver on an annual basis.
    (d) Priority. If the amount of funds available for supplemental 
educational services is insufficient to provide services to each 
student whose parents request these services, the LEA must give 
priority to the lowest-achieving students.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)



0
35. Add Sec.  200.46 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.46  LEA responsibilities for supplemental educational 
services.

    (a) If an LEA is required to make available supplemental 
educational services under Sec.  200.39(b)(3), Sec.  200.42(b)(3), or 
Sec.  200.43(b)(2), the LEA must do the following:
    (1) Provide the annual notice to parents described in Sec.  
200.37(b)(5).
    (2) If requested, assist parents in choosing a provider from the 
list of approved providers maintained by the SEA.
    (3) Apply fair and equitable procedures for serving students if the 
number of spaces at approved providers is not sufficient to serve all 
eligible students whose parents request services consistent with Sec.  
200.45.
    (4) Ensure that eligible students with disabilities under IDEA and 
students covered under Section 504 receive appropriate supplemental 
educational services and accommodations in the provision of those 
services.
    (5) Ensure that eligible students who have limited English 
proficiency receive appropriate supplemental educational services and 
language assistance in the provision of those services.
    (6) Not disclose to the public, without the written permission of 
the student's parents, the identity of any student who is eligible for, 
or receiving, supplemental educational services.
    (b)(1) In addition to meeting the requirements in paragraph (a) of 
this section, the LEA must enter into an agreement with each provider 
selected by a parent or parents.
    (2) The agreement must--
    (i) Require the LEA to develop, in consultation with the parents 
and the provider, a statement that includes--
    (A) Specific achievement goals for the student;
    (B) A description of how the student's progress will be measured; 
and
    (C) A timetable for improving achievement;

[[Page 31702]]

    (ii) Describe procedures for regularly informing the student's 
parents and teachers of the student's progress;
    (iii) Provide for the termination of the agreement if the provider 
is unable to meet the goals and timetables specified in the agreement;
    (iv) Specify how the LEA will pay the provider; and
    (v) Prohibit the provider from disclosing to the public, without 
the written permission of the student's parents, the identity of any 
student who is eligible for, or receiving, supplemental educational 
services.
    (3) In the case of a student with disabilities under IDEA or a 
student covered under Section 504, the provisions of the agreement 
referred to in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section must be consistent 
with the student's individualized education program under section 
614(d) of the IDEA or the student's individualized services under 
Section 504.
    (4) The LEA may not pay the provider for religious worship or 
instruction.
    (c) If State law prohibits an SEA from carrying out one or more of 
its responsibilities under Sec.  200.47 with respect to those who 
provide, or seek approval to provide, supplemental educational 
services, each LEA must carry out those responsibilities with respect 
to its students who are eligible for those services.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(e))



0
 36. Add Sec.  200.47 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.47  SEA responsibilities for supplemental educational 
services.

    (a) If one or more LEAs in a State are required to make available 
supplemental educational services under Sec.  200.39(b)(3), Sec.  
200.42(b)(3), or Sec.  200.43(b)(2), the SEA for that State must do the 
following:
    (1)(i) In consultation with affected LEAs, parents, teachers, and 
other interested members of the public, promote participation by as 
many providers as possible.
    (ii) This promotion must include--
    (A) Annual notice to potential providers of--
    (1) The opportunity to provide supplemental educational services; 
and
    (2) Procedures for obtaining the SEA's approval to be a provider of 
those services; and
    (B) Posting on the SEA's Web site, for each LEA--
    (1) The amount equal to 20 percent of the LEA's Title I, Part A 
allocation available for choice-related transportation and supplemental 
educational services, as required in Sec.  200.48(a)(2); and
    (2) The per-child amount for supplemental educational services 
calculated under Sec.  200.48(c)(1).
    (2) Consistent with paragraph (b) of this section, develop and 
apply to potential providers objective criteria.
    (3)(i) Maintain by LEA an updated list of approved providers, 
including any technology-based or distance-learning providers, from 
which parents may select; and
    (ii) Indicate on the list those providers that are able to serve 
students with disabilities or limited English proficient students.
    (4) Consistent with paragraph (c) of this section, develop, 
implement, and publicly report on standards and techniques for--
    (i) Monitoring the quality and effectiveness of the services 
offered by each approved provider;
    (ii) Withdrawing approval from a provider that fails, for two 
consecutive years, to contribute to increasing the academic proficiency 
of students receiving supplemental educational services from that 
provider; and
    (iii) Monitoring LEAs' implementation of the supplemental 
educational services requirements of the Act and this part.
    (5) Ensure that eligible students with disabilities under IDEA and 
students covered under Section 504 receive appropriate supplemental 
educational services and accommodations in the provision of those 
services.
    (6) Ensure that eligible students who have limited English 
proficiency receive appropriate supplemental educational services and 
language assistance in the provision of those services.
    (b) Standards for approving providers. (1) As used in this section 
and in Sec.  200.46, ``provider'' means a non-profit entity, a for-
profit entity, an LEA, an educational service agency, a public school, 
including a public charter school, or a private school that--
    (i) Has a demonstrated record of effectiveness in increasing the 
academic achievement of students in subjects relevant to meeting the 
State's academic content and student achievement standards described 
under Sec.  200.1;
    (ii) Is capable of providing supplemental educational services that 
are consistent with the instructional program of the LEA and with the 
State academic content standards and State student achievement 
standards described under Sec.  200.1;
    (iii) Is financially sound; and
    (iv) In the case of--
    (A) A public school, has not been identified under Sec.  200.32, 
Sec.  200.33, or Sec.  200.34; or
    (B) An LEA, has not been identified under Sec.  200.50(d) or (e).
    (2) In order for the SEA to include a provider on the State list, 
the provider must agree to--
    (i)(A) Provide parents of each student receiving supplemental 
educational services and the appropriate LEA with information on the 
progress of the student in increasing achievement; and
    (B) This information must be in an understandable and uniform 
format, including alternative formats upon request, and, to the extent 
practicable, in a language that the parents can understand;
    (ii) Ensure that the instruction the provider gives and the content 
the provider uses--
    (A) Are consistent with the instruction provided and the content 
used by the LEA and the SEA;
    (B) Are aligned with State academic content and student academic 
achievement standards;
    (C) Are of high quality, research-based, and specifically designed 
to increase the academic achievement of eligible children; and
    (D) Are secular, neutral, and nonideological; and
    (iii) Meet all applicable Federal, State, and local health, safety, 
and civil rights laws.
    (3) In approving a provider, the SEA must consider, at a minimum--
    (i) Information from the provider on whether the provider has been 
removed from any State's approved provider list;
    (ii) Parent recommendations or results from parent surveys, if any, 
regarding the success of the provider's instructional program in 
increasing student achievement; and
    (iii) Evaluation results, if any, demonstrating that the 
instructional program has improved student achievement.
    (4) As a condition of approval, a State may not require a provider 
to hire only staff who meet the requirements under Sec. Sec.  200.55 
and 200.56.
    (c) Standards for monitoring approved providers. To monitor the 
quality and effectiveness of services offered by an approved provider 
in order to inform the renewal or the withdrawal of approval of the 
provider--
    (1) An SEA must examine, at a minimum, evidence that the provider's 
instructional program--
    (i) Is consistent with the instruction provided and the content 
used by the LEA and the SEA;
    (ii) Addresses students' individual needs as described in students' 
supplemental educational services plans under Sec.  200.46(b)(2)(i);
    (iii) Has contributed to increasing students' academic proficiency; 
and

[[Page 31703]]

    (iv) Is aligned with the State's academic content and student 
academic achievement standards; and
    (2) The SEA must also consider information, if any, regarding--
    (i) Parent recommendations or results from parent surveys regarding 
the success of the provider's instructional program in increasing 
student achievement; and
    (ii) Evaluation results demonstrating that the instructional 
program has improved student achievement.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(e))

Sec.  200.47  [Amended]

0
37. Remove the undesignated center heading ``Local Educational Agency 
Plans'' following Sec.  200.47.

0
38. Revise Sec.  200.48 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.48  Funding for choice-related transportation and 
supplemental educational services.

    (a) Amounts required. (1) To pay for choice-related transportation 
and supplemental educational services required under section 1116 of 
the ESEA, an LEA may use--
    (i) Funds allocated under subpart A of this part;
    (ii) Funds, where allowable, from other Federal education programs; 
and
    (iii) State, local, or private resources.
    (2) Unless a lesser amount is needed, the LEA must spend an amount 
equal to 20 percent of its allocation under subpart A of this part 
(``20 percent obligation'') to--
    (i) Provide, or pay for, transportation of students exercising a 
choice option under Sec.  200.44;
    (ii) Satisfy all requests for supplemental educational services 
under Sec.  200.45; or
    (iii) Pay for both paragraph (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, 
except that--
    (A) The LEA must spend a minimum of an amount equal to 5 percent of 
its allocation under subpart A of this part on transportation under 
paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section and an amount equal to 5 percent of 
its allocation under subpart A of this part for supplemental 
educational services under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, unless 
lesser amounts are needed to meet the requirements of Sec. Sec.  200.44 
and 200.45;
    (B) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(C) of this section, 
the LEA may not include costs for administration or transportation 
incurred in providing supplemental educational services, or 
administrative costs associated with the provision of public school 
choice options under Sec.  200.44, in the amounts required under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
    (C) The LEA may count in the amount the LEA is required to spend 
under paragraph (a) of this section its costs for outreach and 
assistance to parents concerning their choice to transfer their child 
or to request supplemental educational services, up to an amount equal 
to 0.2 percent of its allocation under subpart 2 of part A of Title I 
of the Act.
    (3) If the amount specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is 
insufficient to pay all choice-related transportation costs, or to meet 
the demand for supplemental educational services, the LEA may make 
available any additional needed funds from Federal, State, or local 
sources.
    (4) To assist an LEA that does not have sufficient funds to make 
available supplemental educational services to all students requesting 
these services, an SEA may use funds that it reserves under part A of 
Title I and part A of Title V of the ESEA.
    (b) Cap on school-level reduction. (1) An LEA may not, in applying 
paragraph (a) of this section, reduce by more than 15 percent the total 
amount it makes available under subpart A of this part to a school it 
has identified for corrective action or restructuring.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) Per-child funding for supplemental educational services. For 
each student receiving supplemental educational services under Sec.  
200.45, the LEA must make available the lesser of--
    (1) The amount of its allocation under subpart A of this part, 
divided by the number of students from families below the poverty 
level, as counted under section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the ESEA; or
    (2) The actual costs of the supplemental educational services 
received by the student.
    (d) Unexpended funds for choice-related transportation and 
supplemental educational services. (1)(i) Except as provided in 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section, if an LEA does not meet its 20 
percent obligation in a given school year, the LEA must spend the 
unexpended amount in the subsequent school year on choice-related 
transportation costs, supplemental educational services, or parent 
outreach and assistance (consistent with paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(C) of 
this section).
    (ii) The LEA must spend the unexpended amount under paragraph 
(d)(1)(i) of this section in addition to the amount it is required to 
spend to meet its 20 percent obligation in the subsequent school year.
    (2) To spend less than the amount needed to meet its 20 percent 
obligation, an LEA must--
    (i) Meet, at a minimum, the following criteria:
    (A) Partner, to the extent practicable, with outside groups, such 
as faith-based organizations, other community-based organizations, and 
business groups, to help inform eligible students and their families of 
the opportunities to transfer or to receive supplemental educational 
services.
    (B) Ensure that eligible students and their parents have a genuine 
opportunity to sign up to transfer or to obtain supplemental 
educational services, including by--
    (1) Providing timely, accurate notice as required in Sec. Sec.  
200.36 and 200.37;
    (2) Ensuring that sign-up forms for supplemental educational 
services are distributed directly to all eligible students and their 
parents and are made widely available and accessible through broad 
means of dissemination, such as the internet, other media, and 
communications through public agencies serving eligible students and 
their families; and
    (3) Providing a minimum of two enrollment ``windows,'' at separate 
points in the school year, that are of sufficient length to enable 
parents of eligible students to make informed decisions about 
requesting supplemental educational services and selecting a provider.
    (C) Ensure that eligible supplemental educational services 
providers are given access to school facilities, using a fair, open, 
and objective process, on the same basis and terms as are available to 
other groups that seek access to school facilities;
    (ii) Maintain records that demonstrate the LEA has met the criteria 
in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section; and
    (iii) Notify the SEA that the LEA--
    (A) Has met the criteria in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section; 
and
    (B) Intends to spend the remainder of its 20 percent obligation on 
other allowable activities, specifying the amount of that remainder.
    (3)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section, 
an SEA must ensure an LEA's compliance with paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this 
section through its regular monitoring process.
    (ii)(A) In addition to its regular monitoring process, an SEA must 
review any LEA that--
    (1) The SEA determines has spent a significant portion of its 20 
percent obligation for other activities under paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B) 
of this section; and
    (2) Has been the subject of multiple complaints, supported by 
credible evidence, regarding implementation of the public school choice 
or

[[Page 31704]]

supplemental educational services requirements; and
    (B) The SEA must complete its review by the beginning of the next 
school year.
    (4)(i) If an SEA determines under paragraph (d)(3) of this section 
that an LEA has failed to meet any of the criteria in paragraph 
(d)(2)(i) of this section, the LEA must--
    (A) Spend an amount equal to the remainder specified in paragraph 
(d)(2)(iii)(B) of this section in the subsequent school year, in 
addition to its 20 percent obligation for that year, on choice-related 
transportation costs, supplemental educational services, or parent 
outreach and assistance; or
    (B) Meet the criteria in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section and 
obtain permission from the SEA before spending less in that subsequent 
school year than the amount required by paragraph (d)(4)(i)(A) of this 
section.
    (ii) The SEA may not grant permission to the LEA under paragraph 
(d)(4)(i)(B) of this section unless the SEA has confirmed the LEA's 
compliance with paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section for that subsequent 
school year.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)



0
39. Add Sec.  200.49 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.49  SEA responsibilities for school improvement, corrective 
action, and restructuring.

    (a) Transition requirements for public school choice and 
supplemental educational services. (1) Except as described in 
Sec. Sec.  200.32(d) and 200.33(c), if a school was in school 
improvement or subject to corrective action on January 7, 2002, the SEA 
must ensure that the LEA for that school provides public school choice 
in accordance with Sec.  200.44 not later than the first day of the 
2002-2003 school year.
    (2) Except as described in Sec. Sec.  200.32(d) and 200.33(c), if a 
school was in school improvement status for two or more consecutive 
school years or subject to corrective action on January 7, 2002, the 
SEA must ensure that the LEA for that school makes available 
supplemental educational services in accordance with Sec.  200.45 not 
later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year.
    (b) State reservation of funds for school improvement. (1) In 
accordance with Sec.  200.100(a), an SEA must reserve 2 percent of the 
amount it receives under this part for fiscal years 2002 and 2003, and 
4 percent of the amount it receives under this part for fiscal years 
2004 through 2007, to--
    (i) Support local school improvement activities;
    (ii) Provide technical assistance to schools identified for 
improvement, corrective action, or restructuring; and
    (iii) Provide technical assistance to LEAs that the SEA has 
identified for improvement or corrective action in accordance with 
Sec.  200.50.
    (2) Of the amount it reserves under paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section, the SEA must--
    (i) Allocate not less than 95 percent directly to LEAs serving 
schools identified for improvement, corrective action, and 
restructuring to support improvement activities; or
    (ii) With the approval of the LEA, directly provide for these 
improvement activities or arrange to provide them through such entities 
as school support teams or educational service agencies.
    (3) In providing assistance to LEAs under paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section, the SEA must give priority to LEAs that--
    (i) Serve the lowest-achieving schools;
    (ii) Demonstrate the greatest need for this assistance; and
    (iii) Demonstrate the strongest commitment to ensuring that this 
assistance will be used to enable the lowest-achieving schools to meet 
the progress goals in the school improvement plans under Sec.  200.41.
    (c) Technical assistance. The SEA must make technical assistance 
available, through the statewide system of support and improvement 
required by section 1117 of the ESEA, to schools that LEAs have 
identified for improvement, corrective action, or restructuring.
    (d) LEA failure. If the SEA determines that an LEA has failed to 
carry out its responsibilities with respect to school improvement, 
corrective action, or restructuring, the SEA must take the actions it 
determines to be appropriate and in compliance with State law.
    (e) Assessment results. (1) The SEA must ensure that the results of 
academic assessments administered as part of the State assessment 
system in a given school year are available to LEAs before the 
beginning of the next school year and in such time as to allow for the 
identification described in Sec.  200.32(a)(2).
    (2) The SEA must provide the results described in paragraph (e)(1) 
of this section to a school before an LEA may identify the school for 
school improvement under Sec.  200.32, corrective action under Sec.  
200.33, or restructuring under Sec.  200.34.
    (f) Accountability for charter schools. The accountability 
provisions under section 1116 of the ESEA must be overseen for charter 
schools in accordance with State charter school law.
    (g) Factors affecting student achievement. The SEA must notify the 
Secretary of Education of major factors that have been brought to the 
SEA's attention under section 1111(b)(9) of the ESEA that have 
significantly affected student academic achievement in schools and LEAs 
identified for improvement within the State.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311 and 6316)



0
40. Add Sec.  200.50 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.50  SEA review of LEA progress.

    (a) State review. (1) An SEA must annually review the progress of 
each LEA in its State that receives funds under subpart A of this part 
to determine whether--
    (i) The LEA's schools served under this part are making AYP, as 
defined under Sec. Sec.  200.13 through 200.20, toward meeting the 
State's student academic achievement standards; and
    (ii) The LEA is carrying out its responsibilities under this part 
with respect to school improvement, technical assistance, parental 
involvement, and professional development.
    (2) In reviewing the progress of an LEA, the SEA may, in the case 
of targeted assistance schools served by the LEA, consider the progress 
only of the students served or eligible for services under this 
subpart, provided the students selected for services in such schools 
are those with the greatest need for special assistance, consistent 
with the requirements of section 1115 of the ESEA.
    (b) Rewards. If an LEA has exceeded AYP as defined under Sec. Sec.  
200.13 through 200.20 for two consecutive years, the SEA may--
    (1) Reserve funds in accordance with Sec.  200.100(c); and
    (2) Make rewards of the kinds described under section 1117 of the 
ESEA.
    (c) Opportunity for review of LEA-level data. (1) Before 
identifying an LEA for improvement or corrective action, the SEA must 
provide the LEA with an opportunity to review the data, including 
academic assessment data, on which the SEA has based the proposed 
identification.
    (2)(i) If the LEA believes that the proposed identification is in 
error for statistical or other substantive reasons, the LEA may provide 
supporting evidence to the SEA.
    (ii) The SEA must consider the evidence before making a final 
determination not later than 30 days after it has provided the LEA with 
the opportunity to review the data under paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section.
    (d) Identification for improvement. (1)(i) The SEA must identify 
for

[[Page 31705]]

improvement an LEA that, for two consecutive years, including the 
period immediately before January 8, 2002, fails to make AYP as defined 
in the SEA's plan under section 1111(b)(2) of the ESEA.
    (ii) In identifying LEAs for improvement, an SEA--
    (A) May base identification on whether an LEA did not make AYP 
because it did not meet the annual measurable objectives for the same 
subject or meet the same other academic indicator for two consecutive 
years; but
    (B) May not limit identification to those LEAs that did not make 
AYP only because they did not meet the annual measurable objectives for 
the same subject or meet the same other academic indicator for the same 
subgroup under Sec.  200.13(b)(7)(ii) for two consecutive years.
    (2) The SEA must identify for improvement an LEA that was in 
improvement status on January 7, 2002.
    (3)(i) The SEA may identify an LEA for improvement if, on the basis 
of assessments the LEA administers during the 2001-2002 school year, 
the LEA fails to make AYP for a second consecutive year.
    (ii) An SEA that does not identify such an LEA for improvement, 
however, must count the 2001-2002 school year as the first year of not 
making AYP for the purpose of subsequent identification decisions under 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (4) The SEA may remove an LEA from improvement status if, on the 
basis of assessments the LEA administers during the 2001-2002 school 
year, the LEA makes AYP for a second consecutive year.
    (e) Identification for corrective action. After providing technical 
assistance under Sec.  200.52(b), the SEA--
    (1) May take corrective action at any time with respect to an LEA 
that the SEA has identified for improvement under paragraph (d) of this 
section;
    (2) Must take corrective action--
    (i) With respect to an LEA that fails to make AYP, as defined under 
Sec. Sec.  200.13 through 200.20, by the end of the second full school 
year following the year in which the LEA administered the assessments 
that resulted in the LEA's failure to make AYP for a second consecutive 
year and led to the SEA's identification of the LEA for improvement 
under paragraph (d) of this section; and
    (ii) With respect to an LEA that was in corrective action status on 
January 7, 2002; and
    (3) May remove an LEA from corrective action if, on the basis of 
assessments administered by the LEA during the 2001-2002 school year, 
it makes AYP for a second consecutive year.
    (f) Delay of corrective action. (1) The SEA may delay 
implementation of corrective action under Sec.  200.53 for a period not 
to exceed one year if--
    (i) The LEA makes AYP for one year; or
    (ii) The LEA's failure to make AYP is due to exceptional or 
uncontrollable circumstances, such as a natural disaster or a 
precipitous and unforeseen decline in the LEA's financial resources.
    (2)(i) The SEA may not take into account the period of delay 
referred to in paragraph (f)(1) of this section in determining the 
number of consecutive years the LEA has failed to make AYP; and
    (ii) The SEA must subject the LEA to further actions following the 
period of delay as if the delay never occurred.
    (g) Continuation of public school choice and supplemental 
educational services. An SEA must ensure that an LEA identified under 
paragraph (d) or (e) of this section continues to offer public school 
choice in accordance with Sec.  200.44 and supplemental educational 
services in accordance with Sec.  200.45.
    (h) Removal from improvement or corrective action status. If an LEA 
makes AYP for two consecutive years following identification for 
improvement under paragraph (d) or corrective action under paragraph 
(e) of this section, the SEA need no longer--
    (1) Identify the LEA for improvement; or
    (2) Subject the LEA to corrective action for the succeeding school 
year.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(c))



0
41. Add Sec.  200.51 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.51  Notice of SEA action.

    (a) In general. (1) An SEA must--
    (i) Communicate with parents throughout the review of an LEA under 
Sec.  200.50; and
    (ii) Ensure that, regardless of the method or media used, it 
provides information to parents--
    (A) In an understandable and uniform format, including alternative 
formats upon request; and
    (B) To the extent practicable, in a language that parents can 
understand.
    (2) The SEA must provide information to the parents of each student 
enrolled in a school served by the LEA--
    (i) Directly, through such means as regular mail or email, except 
that if an SEA does not have access to individual student addresses, it 
may provide information to the LEA or school for distribution to 
parents; and
    (ii) Through broader means of dissemination such as the internet, 
the media, and public agencies serving the student population and their 
families.
    (3) All communications must respect the privacy of students and 
their families.
    (b) Results of review. The SEA must promptly publicize and 
disseminate to the LEAs, teachers and other staff, the parents of each 
student enrolled in a school served by the LEA, students, and the 
community the results of its review under Sec.  200.50, including 
statistically sound disaggregated results in accordance with Sec. Sec.  
200.2 and 200.7.
    (c) Identification for improvement or corrective action. If the SEA 
identifies an LEA for improvement or subjects the LEA to corrective 
action, the SEA must promptly provide to the parents of each student 
enrolled in a school served by the LEA--
    (1) The reasons for the identification; and
    (2) An explanation of how parents can participate in improving the 
LEA.
    (d) Information about action taken. (1) The SEA must publish, and 
disseminate to the parents of each student enrolled in a school served 
by the LEA and to the public, information on any corrective action the 
SEA takes under Sec.  200.53.
    (2) The SEA must provide this information--
    (i) In a uniform and understandable format, including alternative 
formats upon request; and
    (ii) To the extent practicable, in a language that parents can 
understand.
    (3) The SEA must disseminate the information through such means as 
the internet, the media, and public agencies.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(c))



0
42. Add Sec.  200.52 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.52  LEA improvement.

    (a) Improvement plan. (1) Not later than 3 months after an SEA has 
identified an LEA for improvement under Sec.  200.50(d), the LEA must 
develop or revise an LEA improvement plan.
    (2) The LEA must consult with parents, school staff, and others in 
developing or revising its improvement plan.
    (3) The LEA improvement plan must--
    (i) Incorporate strategies, grounded in scientifically based 
research, that will strengthen instruction in core academic subjects in 
schools served by the LEA;
    (ii) Identify actions that have the greatest likelihood of 
improving the achievement of participating children in meeting the 
State's student academic achievement standards;
    (iii) Address the professional development needs of the 
instructional

[[Page 31706]]

staff serving the LEA by committing to spend for professional 
development not less than 10 percent of the funds received by the LEA 
under subpart A of this part for each fiscal year in which the SEA 
identifies the LEA for improvement. These funds--
    (A) May include funds reserved by schools for professional 
development under Sec.  200.41(c)(5); but
    (B) May not include funds reserved for professional development 
under section 1119 of the ESEA;
    (iv) Include specific measurable achievement goals and targets--
    (A) For each of the groups of students under Sec.  200.13(b)(7); 
and
    (B) That are consistent with AYP as defined under Sec. Sec.  200.13 
through 200.20;
    (v) Address--
    (A) The fundamental teaching and learning needs in the schools of 
the LEA; and
    (B) The specific academic problems of low-achieving students, 
including a determination of why the LEA's previous plan failed to 
bring about increased student academic achievement;
    (vi) As appropriate, incorporate activities before school, after 
school, during the summer, and during any extension of the school year;
    (vii) Specify the responsibilities of the SEA and LEA under the 
plan, including the technical assistance the SEA must provide under 
paragraph (b) of this section and the LEA's responsibilities under 
section 1120A of the ESEA; and
    (viii) Include strategies to promote effective parental involvement 
in the schools served by the LEA.
    (4) The LEA must implement the improvement plan--including any 
revised plan--expeditiously, but not later than the beginning of the 
school year following the year in which the LEA administered the 
assessments that resulted in the LEA's failure to make AYP for a second 
consecutive year and led to the SEA's identification of the LEA for 
improvement under Sec.  200.50(d).
    (b) SEA technical assistance. (1) An SEA that identifies an LEA for 
improvement under Sec.  200.50(d) must, if requested, provide or 
arrange for the provision of technical or other assistance to the LEA, 
as authorized under section 1117 of the ESEA.
    (2) The purpose of the technical assistance is to better enable the 
LEA to--
    (i) Develop and implement its improvement plan; and
    (ii) Work with schools needing improvement.
    (3) The technical assistance provided by the SEA or an entity 
authorized by the SEA must--
    (i) Be supported by effective methods and instructional strategies 
grounded in scientifically based research; and
    (ii) Address problems, if any, in implementing the parental 
involvement and professional development activities described in 
sections 1118 and 1119, respectively, of the ESEA.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(c))



0
43. Add Sec.  200.53 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.53  LEA corrective action.

    (a) Definition. For the purposes of this section, the term 
``corrective action'' means action by an SEA that--
    (1) Substantially and directly responds to--
    (i) The consistent academic failure that caused the SEA to identify 
an LEA for corrective action; and
    (ii) Any underlying staffing, curriculum, or other problems in the 
LEA;
    (2) Is designed to meet the goal that each group of students 
described in Sec.  200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the LEA's schools will 
meet or exceed the State's proficient levels of achievement as measured 
by the State assessment system; and
    (3) Is consistent with State law.
    (b) Notice and hearing. Before implementing any corrective action 
under paragraph (c) of this section, the SEA must provide notice and a 
hearing to the affected LEA--if State law provides for this notice and 
hearing--not later than 45 days following the decision to take 
corrective action.
    (c) Requirements. If the SEA identifies an LEA for corrective 
action, the SEA must do the following:
    (1) Continue to make available technical assistance to the LEA.
    (2) Take at least one of the following corrective actions:
    (i) Defer programmatic funds or reduce administrative funds.
    (ii) Institute and fully implement a new curriculum based on State 
and local content and academic achievement standards, including the 
provision of appropriate professional development for all relevant 
staff that--
    (A) Is grounded in scientifically based research; and
    (B) Offers substantial promise of improving educational achievement 
for low-achieving students.
    (iii) Replace the LEA personnel who are relevant to the failure to 
make AYP.
    (iv) Remove particular schools from the jurisdiction of the LEA and 
establish alternative arrangements for public governance and 
supervision of these schools.
    (v) Appoint a receiver or trustee to administer the affairs of the 
LEA in place of the superintendent and school board.
    (vi) Abolish or restructure the LEA.
    (vii) In conjunction with at least one other action in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section--
    (A) Authorize students to transfer from a school operated by the 
LEA to a higher-performing public school operated by another LEA in 
accordance with Sec.  200.44, and
    (B) Provide to these students transportation, or the costs of 
transportation, to the other school consistent with Sec.  200.44(h).

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(c)(10))

Sec.  200.54  [Amended]

0
44. Revise the undesignated center heading following reserved Sec.  
200.54 to read as follows:

Qualifications of Teachers and Paraprofessionals


0
45. Revise Sec.  200.55 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.55  Qualifications of teachers.

    (a) Newly hired teachers in Title I programs. (1) An LEA must 
ensure that all teachers hired after the first day of the 2002-2003 
school year who teach core academic subjects in a program supported 
with funds under subpart A of this part are highly qualified as defined 
in Sec.  200.56.
    (2) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a teacher 
teaching in a program supported with funds under subpart A of this part 
is--
    (i) A teacher in a targeted assisted school who is paid with funds 
under subpart A of this part;
    (ii) A teacher in a schoolwide program school; or
    (iii) A teacher employed by an LEA with funds under subpart A of 
this part to provide services to eligible private school students under 
Sec.  200.62.
    (b) All teachers of core academic subjects. (1) Not later than the 
end of the 2005-2006 school year, each State that receives funds under 
subpart A of this part, and each LEA in that State, must ensure that 
all public elementary and secondary school teachers in the State who 
teach core academic subjects, including teachers employed by an LEA to 
provide services to eligible private school students under Sec.  
200.62, are highly qualified as defined in Sec.  200.56.
    (2) A teacher who does not teach a core academic subject--such as 
some vocational education teachers--is not required to meet the 
requirements in Sec.  200.56.
    (c) Definition. The term ``core academic subjects'' means English, 
reading or language arts, mathematics,

[[Page 31707]]

science, foreign languages, civics and government, economics, arts, 
history, and geography.
    (d) Private school teachers. The requirements in this section do 
not apply to teachers hired by private elementary and secondary 
schools.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6319; 7801(11))



0
46. Revise Sec.  200.56 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.56  Definition of ``highly qualified teacher.''

    A teacher described in Sec.  200.55(a) and (b)(1) is a ``highly 
qualified teacher'' if the teacher meets the requirements in paragraph 
(a) and paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section.
    (a) In general. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section, a teacher covered under Sec.  200.55 must--
    (i) Have obtained full State certification as a teacher, which may 
include certification obtained through alternative routes to 
certification; or
    (ii)(A) Have passed the State teacher licensing examination; and
    (B) Hold a license to teach in the State.
    (2) A teacher meets the requirement in paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section if the teacher--
    (i) Has fulfilled the State's certification and licensure 
requirements applicable to the years of experience the teacher 
possesses; or
    (ii) Is participating in an alternative route to certification 
program under which--
    (A) The teacher--
    (1) Receives high-quality professional development that is 
sustained, intensive, and classroom-focused in order to have a positive 
and lasting impact on classroom instruction, before and while teaching;
    (2) Participates in a program of intensive supervision that 
consists of structured guidance and regular ongoing support for 
teachers or a teacher mentoring program;
    (3) Assumes functions as a teacher only for a specified period of 
time not to exceed three years; and
    (4) Demonstrates satisfactory progress toward full certification as 
prescribed by the State; and
    (B) The State ensures, through its certification and licensure 
process, that the provisions in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section 
are met.
    (3) A teacher teaching in a public charter school in a State must 
meet the certification and licensure requirements, if any, contained in 
the State's charter school law.
    (4) If a teacher has had certification or licensure requirements 
waived on an emergency, temporary, or provisional basis, the teacher is 
not highly qualified.
    (b) Teachers new to the profession. A teacher covered under Sec.  
200.55 who is new to the profession also must--
    (1) Hold at least a bachelor's degree; and
    (2) At the public elementary school level, demonstrate, by passing 
a rigorous State test (which may consist of passing a State 
certification or licensing test), subject knowledge and teaching skills 
in reading/language arts, writing, mathematics, and other areas of the 
basic elementary school curriculum; or
    (3) At the public middle and high school levels, demonstrate a high 
level of competency by--
    (i) Passing a rigorous State test in each academic subject in which 
the teacher teaches (which may consist of passing a State certification 
or licensing test in each of these subjects); or
    (ii) Successfully completing in each academic subject in which the 
teacher teaches--
    (A) An undergraduate major;
    (B) A graduate degree;
    (C) Coursework equivalent to an undergraduate major; or
    (D) Advanced certification or credentialing.
    (c) Teachers not new to the profession. A teacher covered under 
Sec.  200.55 who is not new to the profession also must--
    (1) Hold at least a bachelor's degree; and
    (2)(i) Meet the applicable requirements in paragraph (b)(2) or (3) 
of this section; or
    (ii) Based on a high, objective, uniform State standard of 
evaluation in accordance with section 9101(23)(C)(ii) of the ESEA, 
demonstrate competency in each academic subject in which the teacher 
teaches.
    (d) A special education teacher is a ``highly qualified teacher'' 
under the Act if the teacher meets the requirements for a ``highly 
qualified special education teacher'' in 34 CFR 300.18.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(10); 7801(23))



0
47. Revise Sec.  200.57 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.57  Plans to increase teacher quality.

    (a) State plan. (1) A State that receives funds under subpart A of 
this part must develop, as part of its State plan under section 1111 of 
the ESEA, a plan to ensure that all public elementary and secondary 
school teachers in the State who teach core academic subjects are 
highly qualified not later than the end of the 2005-2006 school year.
    (2) The State's plan must--
    (i) Establish annual measurable objectives for each LEA and school 
that include, at a minimum, an annual increase in the percentage of--
    (A) Highly qualified teachers at each LEA and school; and
    (B) Teachers who are receiving high-quality professional 
development to enable them to become highly qualified and effective 
classroom teachers;
    (ii) Describe the strategies the State will use to--
    (A) Help LEAs and schools meet the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section; and
    (B) Monitor the progress of LEAs and schools in meeting these 
requirements; and
    (iii) Until the SEA fully complies with paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section, describe the specific steps the SEA will take to--
    (A) Ensure that Title I schools provide instruction by highly 
qualified teachers, including steps that the SEA will take to ensure 
that minority children and children from low-income families are not 
taught at higher rates than other children by inexperienced, 
unqualified, or out-of-field teachers; and
    (B) Evaluate and publicly report the progress of the SEA with 
respect to these steps.
    (3) The State's plan may include other measures that the State 
determines are appropriate to increase teacher qualifications.
    (b) Local plan. An LEA that receives funds under subpart A of this 
part must develop, as part of its local plan under section 1112 of the 
ESEA, a plan to ensure that--
    (1) All public elementary and secondary school teachers in the LEA 
who teach core academic subjects, including teachers employed by the 
LEA to provide services to eligible private school students under Sec.  
200.62, are highly qualified not later than the end of the 2005-2006 
school year; and
    (2) Through incentives for voluntary transfers, professional 
development, recruitment programs, or other effective strategies, 
minority students and students from low-income families are not taught 
at higher rates than other students by unqualified, out-of-field, or 
inexperienced teachers.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(8)(C), 6312(c)(1)(I), (L); 6319(a)(2)-
(3); 7801(34))



0
48. Revise Sec.  200.58 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.58  Qualifications of paraprofessionals.

    (a) Applicability. (1) An LEA must ensure that each 
paraprofessional who is hired by the LEA and who works in a program 
supported with funds under subpart A of this part meets the 
requirements in paragraph (b) of this section and, except as provided 
in paragraph (e) of this section, the requirements in either paragraph 
(c) or (d) of this section.

[[Page 31708]]

    (2) For the purpose of this section, the term 
``paraprofessional''--
    (i) Means an individual who provides instructional support 
consistent with Sec.  200.59; and
    (ii) Does not include individuals who have only non-instructional 
duties (such as providing technical support for computers, providing 
personal care services, or performing clerical duties).
    (3) For the purpose of paragraph (a) of this section, a 
paraprofessional working in ``a program supported with funds under 
subpart A of this part'' is--
    (i) A paraprofessional in a targeted assisted school who is paid 
with funds under subpart A of this part;
    (ii) A paraprofessional in a schoolwide program school; or
    (iii) A paraprofessional employed by an LEA with funds under 
subpart A of this part to provide instructional support to a public 
school teacher covered under Sec.  200.55 who provides equitable 
services to eligible private school students under Sec.  200.62.
    (b) All paraprofessionals. A paraprofessional covered under 
paragraph (a) of this section, regardless of the paraprofessional's 
hiring date, must have earned a secondary school diploma or its 
recognized equivalent.
    (c) New paraprofessionals. A paraprofessional covered under 
paragraph (a) of this section who is hired after January 8, 2002 must 
have--
    (1) Completed at least two years of study at an institution of 
higher education;
    (2) Obtained an associate's or higher degree; or
    (3)(i) Met a rigorous standard of quality, and can demonstrate--
through a formal State or local academic assessment--knowledge of, and 
the ability to assist in instructing, as appropriate--
    (A) Reading/language arts, writing, and mathematics; or
    (B) Reading readiness, writing readiness, and mathematics 
readiness.
    (ii) A secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent is 
necessary, but not sufficient, to meet the requirement in paragraph 
(c)(3)(i) of this section.
    (d) Existing paraprofessionals. Each paraprofessional who was hired 
on or before January 8, 2002 must meet the requirements in paragraph 
(c) of this section no later than January 8, 2006.
    (e) Exceptions. A paraprofessional does not need to meet the 
requirements in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section if the 
paraprofessional--
    (1)(i) Is proficient in English and a language other than English; 
and
    (ii) Acts as a translator to enhance the participation of limited 
English proficient children under subpart A of this part; or
    (2) Has instructional-support duties that consist solely of 
conducting parental involvement activities.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6319(c)-(f))



0
49. Revise Sec.  200.59 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.59  Duties of paraprofessionals.

    (a) A paraprofessional covered under Sec.  200.58 may not be 
assigned a duty inconsistent with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) A paraprofessional covered under Sec.  200.58 may perform the 
following instructional support duties:
    (1) One-on-one tutoring for eligible students if the tutoring is 
scheduled at a time when a student would not otherwise receive 
instruction from a teacher.
    (2) Assisting in classroom management.
    (3) Assisting in computer instruction.
    (4) Conducting parent involvement activities.
    (5) Providing instructional support in a library or media center.
    (6) Acting as a translator.
    (7) Providing instructional support services.
    (c)(1) A paraprofessional may not provide instructional support to 
a student unless the paraprofessional is working under the direct 
supervision of a teacher who meets the requirements in Sec.  200.56.
    (2) A paraprofessional works under the direct supervision of a 
teacher if--
    (i) The teacher plans the instructional activities that the 
paraprofessional carries out;
    (ii) The teacher evaluates the achievement of the students with 
whom the paraprofessional is working; and
    (iii) The paraprofessional works in close and frequent physical 
proximity to the teacher.
    (d) A paraprofessional may assume limited duties that are assigned 
to similar personnel who are not working in a program supported with 
funds under subpart A of this part--including non-instructional duties 
and duties that do not benefit participating students--if the amount of 
time the paraprofessional spends on those duties is the same proportion 
of total work time as the time spent by similar personnel at the same 
school.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6319(g))



0
50. Revise Sec.  200.60 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.60  Expenditures for professional development.

    (a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, an 
LEA must use funds it receives under subpart A of this part as follows 
for professional development activities to ensure that teachers and 
paraprofessionals meet the requirements of Sec. Sec.  200.56 and 
200.58:
    (i) For each of fiscal years 2002 and 2003, the LEA must use not 
less than 5 percent or more than 10 percent of the funds it receives 
under subpart A of this part.
    (ii) For each fiscal year after 2003, the LEA must use not less 
than 5 percent of the funds it receives under subpart A of this part.
    (2) An LEA is not required to spend the amount required in 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section for a given fiscal year if a lesser 
amount is sufficient to ensure that the LEA's teachers and 
paraprofessionals meet the requirements in Sec. Sec.  200.56 and 
200.58, respectively.
    (b) The LEA may use additional funds under subpart A of this part 
to support ongoing training and professional development, as defined in 
section 9101(34) of the ESEA, to assist teachers and paraprofessionals 
in carrying out activities under subpart A of this part.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6319(h), (l); 7801(34))



0
 51. Add Sec.  200.61 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.61  Parents' right to know.

    (a) At the beginning of each school year, an LEA that receives 
funds under subpart A of this part must notify the parents of each 
student attending a Title I school that the parents may request, and 
the LEA will provide the parents on request, information regarding the 
professional qualifications of the student's classroom teachers, 
including, at a minimum, the following:
    (1) Whether the teacher has met State qualification and licensing 
criteria for the grade levels and subject areas in which the teacher 
provides instruction.
    (2) Whether the teacher is teaching under emergency or other 
provisional status through which State qualification or licensing 
criteria have been waived.
    (3) The baccalaureate degree major of the teacher and any other 
graduate certification or degree held by the teacher, and the field of 
discipline of the certification or degree.
    (4) Whether the child is provided services by paraprofessionals 
and, if so, their qualifications.
    (b) A school that participates under subpart A of this part must 
provide to each parent--
    (1) Information on the level of achievement of the parent's child 
in each of the State academic assessments required under Sec.  200.2;
    (2) Timely notice that the parent's child has been assigned, or has 
been taught for four or more consecutive weeks by, a teacher of a core 
academic subject who is not highly qualified.

[[Page 31709]]

    (c) An LEA and school must provide the notice and information 
required under this section--
    (1) In a uniform and understandable format, including alternative 
formats upon request; and
    (2) To the extent practicable, in a language that parents can 
understand.


Sec.  200.61   [Amended]

0
52. Add an undesignated center heading ``Participation of Eligible 
Children in Private Schools'' following Sec.  200.61.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(h)(6))



0
53. Add Sec.  200.62 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.62  Responsibilities for providing services to private school 
children.

    (a) After timely and meaningful consultation with appropriate 
officials of private schools, an LEA must--
    (1) In accordance with Sec. Sec.  200.62 through 200.67 and section 
1120 of the ESEA, provide special educational services or other 
benefits under subpart A of this part, on an equitable basis and in a 
timely manner, to eligible children who are enrolled in private 
elementary and secondary schools; and
    (2) Ensure that teachers and families of participating private 
school children participate on a basis equitable to the participation 
of teachers and families of public school children receiving these 
services in accordance with Sec.  200.65.
    (b)(1) Eligible private school children are children who--
    (i) Reside in participating public school attendance areas of the 
LEA, regardless of whether the private school they attend is located in 
the LEA; and
    (ii) Meet the criteria in section 1115(b) of the ESEA.
    (2) Among the eligible private school children, the LEA must select 
children to participate, consistent with Sec.  200.64.
    (c) The services and other benefits an LEA provides under this 
section must be secular, neutral and nonideological.


Sec.  200.62   [Amended]

0
54. Remove the undesignated center heading ``Allocations to LEAs'' 
following Sec.  200.62.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6315(b); 6320(a))



0
55. Revise Sec.  200.63 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.63   Consultation.

    (a) In order to have timely and meaningful consultation, an LEA 
must consult with appropriate officials of private schools during the 
design and development of the LEA's program for eligible private school 
children.
    (b) At a minimum, the LEA must consult on the following:
    (1) How the LEA will identify the needs of eligible private school 
children.
    (2) What services the LEA will offer to eligible private school 
children.
    (3) How and when the LEA will make decisions about the delivery of 
services.
    (4) How, where, and by whom the LEA will provide services to 
eligible private school children.
    (5) How the LEA will assess academically the services to eligible 
private school children in accordance with Sec.  200.10, and how the 
LEA will use the results of that assessment to improve Title I 
services.
    (6) The size and scope of the equitable services that the LEA will 
provide to eligible private school children, and, consistent with Sec.  
200.64, the proportion of funds that the LEA will allocate for these 
services.
    (7) The method or sources of data that the LEA will use under Sec.  
200.78 to determine the number of private school children from low-
income families residing in participating public school attendance 
areas, including whether the LEA will extrapolate data if a survey is 
used.
    (8) The equitable services the LEA will provide to teachers and 
families of participating private school children.
    (c)(1) Consultation by the LEA must--
    (i) Include meetings of the LEA and appropriate officials of the 
private schools; and
    (ii) Occur before the LEA makes any decision that affects the 
opportunity of eligible private school children to participate in Title 
I programs.
    (2) The LEA must meet with officials of the private schools 
throughout the implementation and assessment of the Title I services.
    (d)(1) Consultation must include--
    (i) A discussion of service delivery mechanisms the LEA can use to 
provide equitable services to eligible private school children; and
    (ii) A thorough consideration and analysis of the views of the 
officials of the private schools on the provision of services through a 
contract with a third-party provider.
    (2) If the LEA disagrees with the views of the officials of the 
private schools on the provision of services through a contract, the 
LEA must provide in writing to the officials of the private schools the 
reasons why the LEA chooses not to use a contractor.
    (e)(1) The LEA must maintain in its records and provide to the SEA 
a written affirmation, signed by officials of each private school with 
participating children or appropriate private school representatives, 
that the required consultation has occurred.
    (2) If the officials of the private schools do not provide the 
affirmations within a reasonable period of time, the LEA must submit to 
the SEA documentation that the required consultation occurred.
    (f) An official of a private school has the right to complain to 
the SEA that the LEA did not--
    (1) Engage in timely and meaningful consultation; or
    (2) Consider the views of the official of the private school.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6320(b))



0
56. Revise Sec.  200.64 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.64  Factors for determining equitable participation of 
private school children.

    (a) Equal expenditures. (1) Funds expended by an LEA under subpart 
A of this part for services for eligible private school children in the 
aggregate must be equal to the amount of funds generated by private 
school children from low-income families under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section.
    (2) An LEA must meet this requirement as follows:
    (i)(A) If the LEA reserves funds under Sec.  200.77 to provide 
instructional and related activities for public elementary or secondary 
school students at the district level, the LEA must also provide from 
those funds, as applicable, equitable services to eligible private 
school children.
    (B) The amount of funds available to provide equitable services 
from the applicable reserved funds must be proportionate to the number 
of private school children from low-income families residing in 
participating public school attendance areas.
    (ii) The LEA must reserve the funds generated by private school 
children under Sec.  200.78 and, in consultation with appropriate 
officials of the private schools, may--
    (A) Combine those amounts, along with funds under paragraph 
(a)(2)(i) of this section, if appropriate, to create a pool of funds 
from which the LEA provides equitable services to eligible private 
school children, in the aggregate, in greatest need of those services; 
or
    (B) Provide equitable services to eligible children in each private 
school with the funds generated by children from low-income families 
under Sec.  200.78 who attend that private school.
    (b) Services on an equitable basis. (1) The services that an LEA 
provides to eligible private school children must be equitable in 
comparison to the services and other benefits that the LEA provides to 
public school children participating under subpart A of this part.
    (2) Services are equitable if the LEA--

[[Page 31710]]

    (i) Addresses and assesses the specific needs and educational 
progress of eligible private school children on a comparable basis as 
public school children;
    (ii) Meets the equal expenditure requirements under paragraph (a) 
of section; and
    (iii) Provides private school children with an opportunity to 
participate that--
    (A) Is equitable to the opportunity provided to public school 
children; and
    (B) Provides reasonable promise of the private school children 
achieving the high levels called for by the State's student academic 
achievement standards or equivalent standards applicable to the private 
school children.
    (3)(i) The LEA may provide services to eligible private school 
children either directly or through arrangements with another LEA or a 
third-party provider.
    (ii) If the LEA contracts with a third-party provider--
    (A) The provider must be independent of the private school and of 
any religious organization; and
    (B) The contract must be under the control and supervision of the 
LEA.
    (4) After timely and meaningful consultation under Sec.  200.63, 
the LEA must make the final decisions with respect to the services it 
will provide to eligible private school children.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6320)



0
 57. Revise Sec.  200.65 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.65  Determining equitable participation of teachers and 
families of participating private school children.

    (a)(1) From applicable funds reserved for parent involvement and 
professional development under Sec.  200.77, an LEA shall ensure that 
teachers and families of participating private school children 
participate on an equitable basis in professional development and 
parent involvement activities, respectively.
    (2) The amount of funds available to provide equitable services 
from the applicable reserved funds must be proportionate to the number 
of private school children from low-income families residing in 
participating public school attendance areas.
    (b) After consultation with appropriate officials of the private 
schools, the LEA must conduct professional development and parent 
involvement activities for the teachers and families of participating 
private school children either--
    (1) In conjunction with the LEA's professional development and 
parent involvement activities; or
    (2) Independently.
    (c) Private school teachers are not covered by the requirements in 
Sec.  200.56.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6320(a))



0
58. Revise Sec.  200.66 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.66  Requirements to ensure that funds do not benefit a 
private school.

    (a) An LEA must use funds under subpart A of this part to provide 
services that supplement, and in no case supplant, the services that 
would, in the absence of Title I services, be available to 
participating private school children.
    (b)(1) The LEA must use funds under subpart A of this part to meet 
the special educational needs of participating private school children.
    (2) The LEA may not use funds under subpart A of this part for--
    (i) The needs of the private school; or
    (ii) The general needs of children in the private school.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6320(a), 6321(b))



0
 59. Revise Sec.  200.67 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.67  Requirements concerning property, equipment, and supplies 
for the benefit of private school children.

    (a) The LEA must keep title to and exercise continuing 
administrative control of all property, equipment, and supplies that 
the LEA acquires with funds under subpart A of this part for the 
benefit of eligible private school children.
    (b) The LEA may place equipment and supplies in a private school 
for the period of time needed for the program.
    (c) The LEA must ensure that the equipment and supplies placed in a 
private school--
    (1) Are used only for Title I purposes; and
    (2) Can be removed from the private school without remodeling the 
private school facility.
    (d) The LEA must remove equipment and supplies from a private 
school if--
    (1) The LEA no longer needs the equipment and supplies to provide 
Title I services; or
    (2) Removal is necessary to avoid unauthorized use of the equipment 
or supplies for other than Title I purposes.
    (e) The LEA may not use funds under subpart A of this part for 
repairs, minor remodeling, or construction of private school 
facilities.


Sec.  200.68  [Removed and Reserved]

0
60. Remove and reserve Sec.  200.68.


Sec.  200.69   [Amended]

0
61. Revise the undesignated center heading following reserved Sec.  
200.69 to read as follows:

Allocations to LEAs

0
62. Revise Sec.  200.70 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.70  Allocation of funds to LEAs in general.

    (a) The Secretary allocates basic grants, concentration grants, 
targeted grants, and education finance incentive grants, through SEAs, 
to each eligible LEA for which the Bureau of the Census has provided 
data on the number of children from low-income families residing in the 
school attendance areas of the LEA (hereinafter referred to as the 
``Census list'').
    (b) In establishing eligibility and allocating funds under 
paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary counts children ages 5 to 
17, inclusive (hereinafter referred to as ``formula children'')--
    (1) From families below the poverty level based on the most recent 
satisfactory data available from the Bureau of the Census;
    (2) From families above the poverty level receiving assistance 
under the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families program under Title 
IV of the Social Security Act;
    (3) Being supported in foster homes with public funds; and
    (4) Residing in local institutions for neglected children.
    (c) Except as provided in Sec. Sec.  200.72, 200.75, and 200.100, 
an SEA may not change the Secretary's allocation to any LEA that serves 
an area with a total census population of at least 20,000 persons.
    (d) In accordance with Sec.  200.74, an SEA may use an alternative 
method, approved by the Secretary, to distribute the State's share of 
basic grants, concentration grants, targeted grants, and education 
finance incentive grants to LEAs that serve an area with a total census 
population of less than 20,000 persons.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6333-6337)


0
63. Revise Sec.  200.71 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.71  LEA eligibility.

    (a) Basic grants. An LEA is eligible for a basic grant if the 
number of formula children is--
    (1) At least 10; and
    (2) Greater than two percent of the LEA's total population ages 5 
to 17 years, inclusive.
    (b) Concentration grants. An LEA is eligible for a concentration 
grant if--
    (1) The LEA is eligible for a basic grant under paragraph (a) of 
this section; and
    (2) The number of formula children exceeds--
    (i) 6,500; or
    (ii) 15 percent of the LEA's total population ages 5 to 17 years, 
inclusive.

[[Page 31711]]

    (c) Targeted grants. An LEA is eligible for a targeted grant if the 
number of formula children is--
    (1) At least 10; and
    (2) At least five percent of the LEA's total population ages 5 to 
17 years, inclusive.
    (d) Education finance incentive grants. An LEA is eligible for an 
education finance incentive grant if the number of formula children 
is--
    (1) At least 10; and
    (2) At least five percent of the LEA's total population ages 5 to 
17 years, inclusive.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6333-6337)

Sec.  200.71  [Amended]

0
64. Remove the undesignated center heading ``Fiscal Requirements'' 
following Sec.  200.71.

0
65. Add Sec.  200.72 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.72  Procedures for adjusting allocations determined by the 
Secretary to account for eligible LEAs not on the Census list.

    (a) General. For each LEA not on the Census list (hereinafter 
referred to as a ``new'' LEA), an SEA must determine the number of 
formula children and the number of children ages 5 to 17, inclusive, in 
that LEA.
    (b) Determining LEA eligibility. An SEA must determine basic grant, 
concentration grant, targeted grant, and education finance incentive 
grant eligibility for each new LEA and re-determine eligibility for the 
LEAs on the Census list, as appropriate, based on the number of formula 
children and children ages 5 to 17, inclusive, determined in paragraph 
(a) of this section.
    (c) Adjusting LEA allocations. An SEA must adjust the LEA 
allocations calculated by the Secretary to determine allocations for 
eligible new LEAs based on the number of formula children determined in 
paragraph (a) of this section.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6333-6337)



0
66. Revise Sec.  200.73 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.73  Applicable hold-harmless provisions.

    (a) General. (1) Except as authorized under paragraph (c) of this 
section and Sec.  200.100(d)(2), an SEA may not reduce the allocation 
of an eligible LEA below the hold-harmless amounts established under 
paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
    (2) The hold-harmless protection limits the maximum reduction of an 
LEA's allocation compared to the LEA's allocation for the preceding 
year.
    (3) Except as provided in Sec.  200.100(d), an SEA must apply the 
hold-harmless requirement separately for basic grants, concentration 
grants, targeted grants, and education finance incentive grants as 
described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
    (4) Under section 1122(c) of the ESEA, the hold-harmless percentage 
varies based on the LEA's proportion of formula children, as shown in 
the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LEA's number of formula
     children ages 5 to 17,
 inclusive, as a percentage of    Hold-harmless      Applicable grant
    its total population of        percentage            formulas
     children ages 5 to 17,
           inclusive
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) 30% or more................              95  Basic Grants,
(ii) 15% or more but less than               90   Concentration Grants,
 30%.                                        85   Targeted Grants, and
(iii) Less than 15%............                   Education Finance
                                                  Incentive Grants.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Targeted grants and education finance incentive grants. The 
number of formula children used to determine the hold-harmless 
percentage is the number before applying the weights described in 
section 1125 and section 1125A of the ESEA.
    (c) Adjustment for insufficient funds. If the amounts made 
available to the State are insufficient to pay the full amount that 
each LEA is eligible to receive under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, 
the SEA must ratably reduce the allocations for all LEAs in the State 
to the amount available.
    (d) Eligibility for hold-harmless protection. (1) An LEA must meet 
the eligibility requirements for a basic grant, targeted grant, or 
education finance incentive grant under Sec.  200.71 in order for the 
applicable hold-harmless provision to apply.
    (2) An LEA not meeting the eligibility requirements for a 
concentration grant under Sec.  200.71 must be paid its hold-harmless 
amount for four consecutive years.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6332(c))



0
67. Add Sec.  200.74 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.74  Use of an alternative method to distribute grants to LEAs 
with fewer than 20,000 residents.

    (a) For eligible LEAs serving an area with a total census 
population of less than 20,000 persons (hereinafter referred to as 
``small LEAs''), an SEA may apply to the Secretary to use an 
alternative method to distribute basic grant, concentration grant, 
targeted grant, and education finance incentive grant funds.
    (b) In its application, the SEA must--
    (1) Identify the alternative data it proposes to use; and
    (2) Assure that it has established a procedure through which a 
small LEA that is dissatisfied with the determination of its grant may 
appeal directly to the Secretary.
    (c) The SEA must base its alternative method on population data 
that best reflect the current distribution of children from low-income 
families among the State's small LEAs and use the same poverty measure 
consistently for small LEAs across the State for all Title I, part A 
programs.
    (d) Based on the alternative poverty data selected, the SEA must--
    (1) Re-determine eligibility of its small LEAs for basic grants, 
concentration grants, targeted grants, and education finance incentive 
grants in accordance with Sec.  200.71;
    (2) Calculate allocations for small LEAs in accordance with the 
provisions of sections 1124, 1124A, 1125, and 1125A of the ESEA, as 
applicable; and
    (3) Ensure that each LEA receives the hold-harmless amount to which 
it is entitled under Sec.  200.73.
    (e) The amount of funds available for redistribution under each 
formula is the separate amount determined by the Secretary under 
sections 1124, 1124A, 1125, and 1125A of the ESEA for eligible small 
LEAs after the SEA has made the adjustments required under Sec.  
200.72(c).
    (f) If the amount available for redistribution to small LEAs under 
an alternative method is not sufficient to satisfy applicable hold-
harmless requirements, the SEA must ratably reduce all eligible small 
LEAs to the amount available.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6333-6337)



0
68. Add Sec.  200.75 to read as follows:

[[Page 31712]]

Sec.  200.75  Special procedures for allocating concentration grant 
funds in small States.

    (a) In a State in which the number of formula children is less than 
0.25 percent of the national total on January 8, 2002 (hereinafter 
referred to as a ``small State''), an SEA may either--
    (1) Allocate concentration grants among eligible LEAs in the State 
in accordance with Sec. Sec.  200.72 through 200.74, as applicable; or
    (2) Without regard to the allocations determined by the Secretary--
    (i) Identify those LEAs in which the number or percentage of 
formula children exceeds the statewide average number or percentage of 
those children; and
    (ii) Allocate concentration grant funds, consistent with Sec.  
200.73, among the LEAs identified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this 
section based on the number of formula children in each of those LEAs.
    (b) If the SEA in a small State uses an alternative method under 
Sec.  200.74, the SEA must use the poverty data approved under the 
alternative method to identify those LEAs with numbers or percentages 
of formula children that exceed the statewide average number or 
percentage of those children for the State as a whole.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6334(b))



0
69. Add Sec.  200.77 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.77  Reservation of funds by an LEA.

    Before allocating funds in accordance with Sec.  200.78, an LEA 
must reserve funds as are reasonable and necessary to--
    (a) Provide services comparable to those provided to children in 
participating school attendance areas and schools to serve--
    (1) Homeless children who do not attend participating schools, 
including providing educationally related support services to children 
in shelters and other locations where homeless children may live;
    (2) Children in local institutions for neglected children; and
    (3) If appropriate--
    (i) Children in local institutions for delinquent children; and
    (ii) Neglected and delinquent children in community-day school 
programs;
    (b) Provide, where appropriate under section 1113(c)(4) of the 
ESEA, financial incentives and rewards to teachers who serve students 
in Title I schools identified for school improvement, corrective 
action, and restructuring for the purpose of attracting and retaining 
qualified and effective teachers;
    (c) Meet the requirements for choice-related transportation and 
supplemental educational services in Sec.  200.48, unless the LEA meets 
these requirements with non-Title I funds;
    (d) Address the professional development needs of instructional 
staff, including--
    (1) Professional development requirements under Sec.  
200.52(a)(3)(iii) if the LEA has been identified for improvement or 
corrective action; and
    (2) Professional development expenditure requirements under Sec.  
200.60;
    (e) Meet the requirements for parental involvement in section 
1118(a)(3) of the ESEA;
    (f) Administer programs for public and private school children 
under this part, including special capital expenses, if any, incurred 
in providing services to eligible private school children, such as--
    (1) The purchase and lease of real and personal property (including 
mobile educational units and neutral sites);
    (2) Insurance and maintenance costs;
    (3) Transportation; and
    (4) Other comparable goods and services, including non-
instructional computer technicians; and
    (g) Conduct other authorized activities, such as school improvement 
and coordinated services.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6313(c)(3) and (4), 6316(b)(10), (c)(7)(iii), 
6318(a)(3), 6319(l), 6320, 7279d)



0
70. Add Sec.  200.78 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.78  Allocation of funds to school attendance areas and 
schools.

    (a)(1) An LEA must allocate funds under subpart A of this part to 
school attendance areas and schools, identified as eligible and 
selected to participate under section 1113(a) or (b) of the ESEA, in 
rank order on the basis of the total number of children from low-income 
families in each area or school.
    (2)(i) In calculating the total number of children from low-income 
families, the LEA must include children from low-income families who 
attend private schools.
    (ii) To obtain a count of private school children, the LEA may--
    (A) Use the same poverty data the LEA uses to count public school 
children;
    (B)(1) Use comparable poverty data from a survey of families of 
private school students that, to the extent possible, protects the 
families' identity; and
    (2) Extrapolate data from the survey based on a representative 
sample if complete actual data are unavailable;
    (C) Use comparable poverty data from a different source, such as 
scholarship applications;
    (D) Apply the low-income percentage of each participating public 
school attendance area to the number of private school children who 
reside in that school attendance area; or
    (E) Use an equated measure of low income correlated with the 
measure of low income used to count public school children.
    (iii) An LEA may count private school children from low-income 
families every year or every two years.
    (iv) After timely and meaningful consultation in accordance with 
Sec.  200.63, the LEA shall have the final authority in determining the 
method used to calculate the number of private school children from 
low-income families;
    (3) If an LEA ranks its school attendance areas and schools by 
grade span groupings, the LEA may determine the percentage of children 
from low-income families in the LEA as a whole or for each grade span 
grouping.
    (b)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2) and (d) of this 
section, an LEA must allocate to each participating school attendance 
area or school an amount for each low-income child that is at least 125 
percent of the per-pupil amount of funds the LEA received for that year 
under part A, subpart 2 of Title I. The LEA must calculate this per-
pupil amount before it reserves funds under Sec.  200.77, using the 
poverty measure selected by the LEA under section 1113(a)(5) of the 
ESEA.
    (2) If an LEA is serving only school attendance areas or schools in 
which the percentage of children from low-income families is 35 percent 
or more, the LEA is not required to allocate a per-pupil amount of at 
least 125 percent.
    (c) An LEA is not required to allocate the same per-pupil amount to 
each participating school attendance area or school provided the LEA 
allocates higher per-pupil amounts to areas or schools with higher 
concentrations of poverty than to areas or schools with lower 
concentrations of poverty.
    (d) An LEA may reduce the amount of funds allocated under this 
section to a school attendance area or school if the area or school is 
spending supplemental State or local funds for programs that meet the 
requirements in Sec.  200.79(b).
    (e) If an LEA contains two or more counties in their entirety, the 
LEA must distribute to schools within each county a share of the LEA's 
total grant that is no less than the county's share of the child count 
used to calculate the LEA's grant.

[[Page 31713]]

Sec.  200.78  [Amended]

0
71. Add an undesignated center heading ``Fiscal Requirements'' 
following Sec.  200.78.


0
72. Add Sec.  200.79 to read as follows:


Sec.  200.79  Exclusion of supplemental State and local funds from 
supplement, not supplant and comparability determinations.

    (a) For the purpose of determining compliance with the supplement 
not supplant requirement in section 1120A(b) and the comparability 
requirement in section 1120A(c) of the ESEA, a grantee or subgrantee 
under subpart A of this part may exclude supplemental State and local 
funds spent in any school attendance area or school for programs that 
meet the intent and purposes of Title I.
    (b) A program meets the intent and purposes of Title I if the 
program either--
    (1)(i) Is implemented in a school in which the percentage of 
children from low-income families is at least 40 percent;
    (ii) Is designed to promote schoolwide reform and upgrade the 
entire educational operation of the school to support students in their 
achievement toward meeting the State's challenging academic achievement 
standards that all students are expected to meet;
    (iii) Is designed to meet the educational needs of all students in 
the school, particularly the needs of students who are failing, or most 
at risk of failing, to meet the State's challenging student academic 
achievement standards; and
    (iv) Uses the State's assessment system under Sec.  200.2 to review 
the effectiveness of the program; or
    (2)(i) Serves only students who are failing, or most at risk of 
failing, to meet the State's challenging student academic achievement 
standards;
    (ii) Provides supplementary services designed to meet the special 
educational needs of the students who are participating in the program 
to support their achievement toward meeting the State's student 
academic achievement standards; and
    (iii) Uses the State's assessment system under Sec.  200.2 to 
review the effectiveness of the program.
    (c) The conditions in paragraph (b) of this section also apply to 
supplemental State and local funds expended under section 1113(b)(1)(D) 
and 1113(c)(2)(B) of the ESEA.

(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6321(b)-(d))

PART 299--GENERAL PROVISIONS

0
73. The authority citation for part 299 is revised to read as follows:

     Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1), 6511(a), and 7373(b), 
unless otherwise noted.


0
74. In Sec.  299.1 revise paragraph (a) to read as follows:


Sec.  299.1  What are the purpose and scope of these regulations?

    (a) This part establishes uniform administrative rules for programs 
in titles I through XIII of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
of 1965, as amended (ESEA). As indicated in particular sections of this 
part, certain provisions apply only to a specific group of programs.
* * * * *

Subpart G--[Removed]

0
75. Remove subpart G.

[FR Doc. 2017-12126 Filed 7-6-17; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4000-01-P



                                                  31690                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION                                  the Department is evaluating all existing                (B) Ensure that, to the maximum
                                                                                                           regulations and making                                extent practicable, all student subgroups
                                                  34 CFR Parts 200 and 299                                 recommendations to the agency head                    in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) (economically
                                                  [Docket ID ED–2016–OESE–0032]                            regarding their repeal, replacement, or               disadvantaged students; students from
                                                                                                           modification, consistent with applicable              major racial and ethnic groups; students
                                                  RIN 1810–AB27                                            law. As part of that effort, we will                  with disabilities as defined in section
                                                                                                           review the regulations in parts 200 and               9101(5) of the Act; and students with
                                                  Elementary and Secondary Education                       299.                                                  limited English proficiency as defined
                                                  Act of 1965, as Amended by the Every                                                                           in section 9101(25) of the Act) are
                                                  Student Succeeds Act—Accountability                      List of Subjects                                      included, particularly at the school
                                                  and State Plans                                          34 CFR Part 200                                       level, for purposes of making
                                                  AGENCY:  Office of Elementary and                          Elementary and secondary education,                 accountability determinations.
                                                  Secondary Education, Department of                                                                                (ii) Each State must revise its
                                                                                                           Grant programs—education, Indians—
                                                  Education.                                                                                                     Consolidated State Application
                                                                                                           education, Infants and children,
                                                                                                                                                                 Accountability Workbook under section
                                                  ACTION: Final regulations; CRA                           Juvenile delinquency, Migrant labor,
                                                                                                                                                                 1111 of the Act to include—
                                                  revocation.                                              Private schools, Reporting and                           (A) An explanation of how the State’s
                                                                                                           recordkeeping requirements.                           minimum group size meets the
                                                  SUMMARY:   Under the Congressional
                                                  Review Act, Congress has passed, and                     34 CFR Part 299                                       requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of
                                                  the President has signed, a resolution of                                                                      this section;
                                                                                                             Administrative practice and                            (B) An explanation of how other
                                                  disapproval of the accountability and                    procedure, Elementary and secondary                   components of the State’s definition of
                                                  State plans final regulations that were                  education, Grant programs—education,                  adequate yearly progress (AYP), in
                                                  published on November 29, 2016.                          Private schools, Reporting and                        addition to the State’s minimum group
                                                  Because the resolution of disapproval                    recordkeeping requirements.                           size, interact to affect the statistical
                                                  invalidates these final regulations, the                   Dated: June 7, 2017.                                reliability of the data and to ensure the
                                                  Department of Education (Department)
                                                                                                           Betsy DeVos,                                          maximum inclusion of all students and
                                                  is hereby removing these final
                                                                                                           Secretary of Education.                               student subgroups in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii);
                                                  regulations from the Code of Federal
                                                                                                                                                                 and
                                                  Regulations.                                             Amendment to 34 CFR Chapter II                           (C) Information regarding the number
                                                  DATES:   This action is effective July 7,                   For the reasons discussed in the                   and percentage of students and student
                                                  2017.                                                    preamble, and under the authority of the              subgroups in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) excluded
                                                  FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                         Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801                from school-level accountability
                                                  Melissa Siry, U.S. Department of                         et seq.) and Public Law 115–13 (March                 determinations.
                                                  Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW.,                      27, 2017), the Secretary of Education                    (iii) Each State must submit a revised
                                                  Room 3W104, Washington, DC 20202.                        amends parts 200 and 299 of title 34 of               Consolidated State Application
                                                  Telephone: (202) 260–0926 or by email:                   the Code of Federal Regulations as                    Accountability Workbook in accordance
                                                  Melissa.Siry@ed.gov.                                     follows:                                              with paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section
                                                     If you use a telecommunications                                                                             to the Department for technical
                                                                                                           PART 200—TITLE I—IMPROVING THE                        assistance and peer review under the
                                                  device for the deaf (TDD) or a text
                                                                                                           ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT OF THE                           process established by the Secretary
                                                  telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay
                                                                                                           DISADVANTAGED                                         under section 1111(e)(2) of the Act in
                                                  Service (FRS), toll free, at 1–800–877–
                                                  8339.                                                                                                          time for any changes to be in effect for
                                                                                                           ■  1. The authority citation for part 200             AYP determinations based on school
                                                  SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:      On                       is revised to read as follows:                        year 2009–2010 assessment results.
                                                  November 29, 2016, the Department                          Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6301 through 6578,                (iv) Beginning with AYP decisions
                                                  published the accountability and State                   unless otherwise noted.                               that are based on the assessments
                                                  plans final regulations (81 FR 86076).                   ■ 2. Section 200.7 is added to read as                administered in the 2007–08 school
                                                  The regulations were effective on March                  follows:                                              year, a State may not establish a
                                                  21, 2017. On March 27, 2017, President                                                                         different minimum number of students
                                                  Trump signed into law Congress’                          § 200.7   Disaggregation of data.                     under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section
                                                  resolution of disapproval of the                           (a) Statistically reliable information.             for separate subgroups under
                                                  accountability and State plans final                     (1) A State may not use disaggregated                 § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) or for the school as a
                                                  regulations under the Congressional                      data for one or more subgroups under                  whole.
                                                  Review Act as Public Law 115–13.                         § 200.2(b)(10) to report achievement                     (b) Personally identifiable
                                                  Section 801(f) of the Congressional                      results under section 1111(h) of the Act              information. (1) A State may not use
                                                  Review Act states that ‘‘[a]ny rule that                 or to identify schools in need of                     disaggregated data for one or more
                                                  takes effect and later is made of no force               improvement, corrective action, or                    subgroups under § 200.2(b)(10) to report
                                                  or effect by enactment of a joint                        restructuring under section 1116 of the               achievement results under section
                                                  resolution under section 802 shall be                    Act if the number of students in those                1111(h) of the Act if the results would
                                                  treated as though such rule had never                    subgroups is insufficient to yield                    reveal personally identifiable
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  taken effect.’’ Accordingly, the                         statistically reliable information.                   information about an individual
                                                  Department is hereby removing the                          (2)(i) Based on sound statistical                   student.
                                                  accountability and State plans final                     methodology, each State must                             (2) To determine whether
                                                  regulations from the Code of Federal                     determine the minimum number of                       disaggregated results would reveal
                                                  Regulations, and ensuring the CFR is                     students sufficient to—                               personally identifiable information
                                                  returned to the state it would have been                   (A) Yield statistically reliable                    about an individual student, a State
                                                  if this ‘‘rule had never taken effect.’’                 information for each purpose for which                must apply the requirements under
                                                  Consistent with Executive Order 13777,                   disaggregated data are used; and                      section 444(b) of the General Education


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                          31691

                                                  Provisions Act (the Family Educational                   elementary and secondary schools and                  consistent with § 200.7(a), include the
                                                  Rights and Privacy Act of 1974).                         LEAs accountable for student                          scores of all students with disabilities.
                                                     (3) Nothing in paragraph (b)(1) or                    achievement and for making AYP,                          (2) A State may include the proficient
                                                  (b)(2) of this section shall be construed                except that the State is not required to              and advanced scores of students with
                                                  to abrogate the responsibility of States to              subject schools and LEAs not                          the most significant cognitive
                                                  implement the requirements of section                    participating under subpart A of this                 disabilities based on the alternate
                                                  1116(a) of the Act for determining                       part to the requirements of section 1116              academic achievement standards
                                                  whether States, LEAs, and schools are                    of the ESEA.                                          described in § 200.1(d), provided that
                                                  making AYP on the basis of the                           (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(A))                  the number of those scores at the LEA
                                                  performance of each subgroup under                                                                             and at the State levels, separately, does
                                                  section 1111(b)(2)(C)(v) of the Act.                     § 200.12   [Amended]                                  not exceed 1.0 percent of all students in
                                                     (4) Each State shall include in its                   ■ 4. Add an undesignated center                       the grades assessed in reading/language
                                                  State plan, and each State and LEA shall                 heading ‘‘Adequate Yearly Progress                    arts and in mathematics.
                                                  implement, appropriate strategies to                     (AYP)’’ following § 200.12.                              (3) A State may not request from the
                                                  protect the privacy of individual                                                                              Secretary an exception permitting it to
                                                                                                           ■ 5. Section 200.13 is revised to read as
                                                  students in reporting achievement                                                                              exceed the cap on proficient and
                                                                                                           follows:                                              advanced scores based on alternate
                                                  results under section 1111(h) of the Act
                                                  and in determining whether schools and                   § 200.13 Adequate yearly progress in                  academic achievement standards under
                                                  LEAs are making AYP on the basis of                      general.                                              paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
                                                  disaggregated subgroups.                                    (a) Each State must demonstrate in its                (4)(i) A State may grant an exception
                                                     (c) Inclusion of subgroups in                         State plan what constitutes AYP of the                to an LEA permitting it to exceed the 1.0
                                                  assessments. If a subgroup under                         State and of all public schools and LEAs              percent cap on proficient and advanced
                                                  § 200.2(b)(10) is not of sufficient size to              in the State—                                         scores based on the alternate academic
                                                  produce statistically reliable results, the                 (1) Toward enabling all public school              achievement standards described in
                                                  State must still include students in that                students to meet the State’s student                  paragraph (c)(2) of this section only if—
                                                  subgroup in its State assessments under                  academic achievement standards; while                    (A) The LEA demonstrates that the
                                                  § 200.2.                                                    (2) Working toward the goal of                     incidence of students with the most
                                                     (d) Disaggregation at the LEA and                     narrowing the achievement gaps in the                 significant cognitive disabilities exceeds
                                                  State. If the number of students in a                    State, its LEAs, and its public schools.              1.0 percent of all students in the
                                                  subgroup is not statistically reliable at                   (b) A State must define adequate                   combined grades assessed;
                                                  the school level, the State must include                 yearly progress, in accordance with                      (B) The LEA explains why the
                                                  those students in disaggregations at each                §§ 200.14 through 200.20, in a manner                 incidence of such students exceeds 1.0
                                                  level for which the number of students                   that—                                                 percent of all students in the combined
                                                  is statistically reliable—e.g., the LEA or                  (1) Applies the same high standards of             grades assessed, such as school,
                                                  State level.                                             academic achievement to all public                    community, or health programs in the
                                                                                                           school students in the State, except as               LEA that have drawn large numbers of
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(3); 1232g)                                                                       families of students with the most
                                                                                                           provided in paragraph (c) of this
                                                  ■ 3. Section 200.12 is revised to read as                section;                                              significant cognitive disabilities, or that
                                                  follows:                                                    (2) Is statistically valid and reliable;           the LEA has such a small overall
                                                                                                              (3) Results in continuous and                      student population that it would take
                                                  § 200.12   Single statewide accountability
                                                                                                           substantial academic improvement for                  only a few students with such
                                                  system.
                                                                                                           all students;                                         disabilities to exceed the 1.0 percent
                                                     (a)(1) Each State must demonstrate in                    (4) Measures the progress of all public            cap; and
                                                  its State plan that the State has                        schools, LEAs, and the State based                       (C) The LEA documents that it is
                                                  developed and is implementing,                           primarily on the State’s academic                     implementing the State’s guidelines
                                                  beginning with the 2002–2003 school                      assessment system under § 200.2;                      under § 200.1(f).
                                                  year, a single, statewide accountability                    (5) Measures progress separately for                  (ii) The State must review regularly
                                                  system.                                                  reading/language arts and for                         whether an LEA’s exception to the 1.0
                                                     (2) The State’s accountability system                 mathematics;                                          percent cap is still warranted.
                                                  must be effective in ensuring that all                      (6) Is the same for all public schools                (5) In calculating AYP, if the
                                                  public elementary and secondary                          and LEAs in the State; and                            percentage of proficient and advanced
                                                  schools and LEAs in the State make                          (7) Consistent with § 200.7, applies               scores based on alternate academic
                                                  AYP as defined in §§ 200.13 through                      the same annual measurable objectives                 achievement standards under § 200.1(d)
                                                  200.20.                                                  under § 200.18 separately to each of the              exceeds the cap in paragraph (c)(2) of
                                                     (b) The State’s accountability system                 following:                                            this section at the State or LEA level, the
                                                  must—                                                       (i) All public school students.                    State must do the following:
                                                     (1) Be based on the State’s academic                     (ii) Students in each of the following                (i) Consistent with § 200.7(a), include
                                                  standards under § 200.1, academic                        subgroups:                                            all scores based on alternate academic
                                                  assessments under § 200.2, and other                        (A) Economically disadvantaged                     achievement standards.
                                                  academic indicators under § 200.19;                      students.                                                (ii) Count as non-proficient the
                                                     (2) Take into account the achievement                    (B) Students from major racial and                 proficient and advanced scores that
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  of all public elementary and secondary                   ethnic groups.                                        exceed the cap in paragraph (c)(2) of
                                                  school students;                                            (C) Students with disabilities, as                 this section.
                                                     (3) Be the same accountability system                 defined in section 9101(5) of the ESEA.                  (iii) Determine which proficient and
                                                  the State uses for all public elementary                    (D) Students with limited English                  advanced scores to count as non-
                                                  and secondary schools and all LEAs in                    proficiency, as defined in section                    proficient in schools and LEAs
                                                  the State; and                                           9101(25) of the ESEA.                                 responsible for students who are
                                                     (4) Include sanctions and rewards that                   (c)(1) In calculating AYP for schools,             assessed based on alternate academic
                                                  the State will use to hold public                        LEAs, and the State, a State must,                    achievement standards.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31692                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                     (iv) Include non-proficient scores that               following percentages of students at the                (b) The State’s annual measurable
                                                  exceed the cap in paragraph (c)(2) of                    proficient level:                                     objectives—
                                                  this section in each applicable subgroup                   (1) The percentage in the State of                    (1) Must be the same throughout the
                                                  at the school, LEA, and State level.                     proficient students in the lowest-                    State for each school, each LEA, and
                                                     (v) Ensure that parents of a child who                achieving subgroup of students under                  each group of students under
                                                  is assessed based on alternate academic                  § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).                                   § 200.13(b)(7); and
                                                  achievement standards are informed of                      (2) The percentage of proficient                      (2) May be the same for more than one
                                                  the actual academic achievement levels                   students in the school that represents 20             year, consistent with the State’s
                                                  of their child.                                          percent of the State’s total enrollment               intermediate goals under § 200.17.
                                                     (d) The State must establish a way to                 among all schools ranked by the
                                                                                                                                                                 (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))
                                                  hold accountable schools in which no                     percentage of students at the proficient
                                                  grade level is assessed under the State’s                level. The State must determine this                  ■ 11. Section 200.19 is revised to read
                                                  academic assessment system (e.g., K–2                    percentage as follows:                                as follows:
                                                  schools), although the State is not                        (i) Rank each school in the State
                                                                                                                                                                 § 200.19    Other academic indicators.
                                                  required to administer a formal                          according to the percentage of proficient
                                                                                                           students in the school.                                 (a) Elementary and middle schools.
                                                  assessment to meet this requirement.
                                                                                                             (ii) Determine 20 percent of the total              (1) Choice of indicator. To determine
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))                                                                              AYP, consistent with § 200.14(e), each
                                                                                                           enrollment in all schools in the State.
                                                  ■ 6. Section 200.14 is revised to read as                  (iii) Beginning with the lowest-ranked              State must use at least one other
                                                  follows:                                                 school, add the number of students                    academic indicator for public
                                                                                                           enrolled in each school until reaching                elementary schools and at least one
                                                  § 200.14 Components of Adequate Yearly                   the school that represents 20 percent of              other academic indicator for public
                                                  Progress.
                                                                                                           the State’s total enrollment among all                middle schools, such as those in
                                                    A State’s definition of AYP must                       schools.                                              paragraph (c) of this section.
                                                  include all of the following:                              (iv) Identify the percentage of                       (2) Goals. A State may, but is not
                                                    (a) A timeline in accordance with                      proficient students in the school                     required to, increase the goals of its
                                                  § 200.15.                                                identified in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this           other academic indicators over the
                                                    (b) Starting points in accordance with                 section.                                              course of the timeline under § 200.15.
                                                  § 200.16.                                                  (c)(1) Except as permitted under                      (3) Reporting. A State and its LEAs
                                                    (c) Intermediate goals in accordance                   paragraph (c)(2) of this section, each                must report under section 1111(h) of the
                                                  with § 200.17.                                           starting point must be the same
                                                    (d) Annual measurable objectives in                                                                          Act (annual report cards) performance
                                                                                                           throughout the State for each school,                 on the academic indicators for
                                                  accordance with § 200.18.                                each LEA, and each group of students
                                                    (e) Other academic indicators in                                                                             elementary and middle schools at the
                                                                                                           under § 200.13(b)(7).                                 school, LEA, and State levels in the
                                                  accordance with § 200.19.                                  (2) A State may use the procedures                  aggregate and disaggregated by each
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))                        under paragraph (b) of this section to                subgroup described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).
                                                  ■ 7. Section 200.15 is revised to read as                establish separate starting points by                    (4) Determining AYP. A State—
                                                  follows:                                                 grade span.                                              (i) Must disaggregate its other
                                                                                                           (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))                     academic indicators for elementary and
                                                  § 200.15   Timeline.                                                                                           middle schools by each subgroup
                                                    (a) Each State must establish a                        ■ 9. Section 200.17 is revised to read as
                                                                                                           follows:                                              described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) for
                                                  timeline for making AYP that ensures                                                                           purposes of determining AYP under
                                                  that, not later than the 2013–2014                       § 200.17   Intermediate goals.                        § 200.20(b)(2) (‘‘safe harbor’’) and as
                                                  school year, all students in each group                    Each State must establish                           required under section 1111(b)(2)(C)(vii)
                                                  described in § 200.13(b)(7) will meet or                 intermediate goals that increase in equal             of the Act (additional academic
                                                  exceed the State’s proficient level of                   increments over the period covered by                 indicators under paragraph (c) of this
                                                  academic achievement.                                    the timeline under § 200.15 as follows:               section); but
                                                    (b) Notwithstanding subsequent                           (a) The first incremental increase                     (ii) Need not disaggregate those
                                                  changes a State may make to its                          must take effect not later than the 2004–             indicators for determining AYP under
                                                  academic assessment system or its                        2005 school year.                                     § 200.20(a)(1)(ii) (meeting the State’s
                                                  definition of AYP under §§ 200.13                          (b) Each following incremental                      annual measurable objectives).
                                                  through 200.20, the State may not                        increase must occur in not more than                     (b) High schools—(1) Graduation rate.
                                                  extend its timeline for all students to                  three years.                                          Consistent with paragraphs (b)(4) and
                                                  reach proficiency beyond the 2013–2014                                                                         (b)(5) of this section regarding reporting
                                                                                                           (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))
                                                  school year.                                                                                                   and determining AYP, respectively,
                                                                                                           ■ 10. Section 200.18 is revised to read
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2))                                                                              each State must calculate a graduation
                                                                                                           as follows:
                                                  ■ 8. Section 200.16 is revised to read as                                                                      rate, defined as follows, for all public
                                                  follows:                                                 § 200.18   Annual measurable objectives.              high schools in the State:
                                                                                                             (a) Each State must establish annual                   (i)(A) A State must calculate a ‘‘four-
                                                  § 200.16   Starting points.                              measurable objectives that—                           year adjusted cohort graduation rate,’’
                                                     (a) Using data from the 2001–2002                       (1) Identify for each year a minimum                defined as the number of students who
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  school year, each State must establish                   percentage of students that must meet or              graduate in four years with a regular
                                                  starting points in reading/language arts                 exceed the proficient level of academic               high school diploma divided by the
                                                  and in mathematics for measuring the                     achievement on the State’s academic                   number of students who form the
                                                  percentage of students meeting or                        assessments; and                                      adjusted cohort for that graduating class.
                                                  exceeding the State’s proficient level of                  (2) Ensure that all students meet or                   (B) For those high schools that start
                                                  academic achievement.                                    exceed the State’s proficient level of                after grade nine, the cohort must be
                                                     (b) Each starting point must be based,                academic achievement within the                       calculated based on the earliest high
                                                  at a minimum, on the higher of the                       timeline under § 200.15.                              school grade.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                           31693

                                                     (ii) The term ‘‘adjusted cohort’’ means                  (2) Transitional graduation rate. (i)                 (B) If a State adopts an extended-year
                                                  the students who enter grade 9 (or the                   Prior to the deadline in paragraph                    adjusted cohort graduation rate
                                                  earliest high school grade) and any                      (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section, a State must           calculated in accordance with paragraph
                                                  students who transfer into the cohort in                 calculate graduation rate as defined in               (b)(1)(v) of this section, the State and its
                                                  grades 9 through 12 minus any students                   paragraph (b)(1) of this section or use,              LEAs must report, beginning with the
                                                  removed from the cohort.                                 on a transitional basis—                              first year for which the State calculates
                                                     (A) The term ‘‘students who transfer                     (A) A graduation rate that measures                such a rate, the extended-year adjusted
                                                  into the cohort’’ means the students                     the percentage of students from the                   cohort graduation rate separately from
                                                  who enroll after the beginning of the                    beginning of high school who graduate                 the four-year adjusted cohort graduation
                                                  entering cohort’s first year in high                     with a regular high school diploma in                 rate.
                                                  school, up to and including in grade 12.                 the standard number of years; or                         (C) Prior to the deadline in paragraph
                                                     (B) To remove a student from the                         (B) Another definition, developed by               (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section, a State and
                                                  cohort, a school or LEA must confirm in                  the State and approved by the Secretary,              its LEAs must report a graduation rate
                                                  writing that the student transferred out,                that more accurately measures the rate                calculated in accordance with paragraph
                                                  emigrated to another country, or is                      of student graduation from high school                (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section in the
                                                  deceased.                                                with a regular high school diploma.                   aggregate and disaggregated by the
                                                     (1) To confirm that a student                            (ii) For a transitional graduation rate            subgroups in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).
                                                  transferred out, the school or LEA must                  calculated under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of                  (5) Determining AYP. (i) Beginning
                                                  have official written documentation that                 this section—                                         with AYP determinations under
                                                  the student enrolled in another school                      (A) ‘‘Regular high school diploma’’                § 200.20 based on school year 2011–
                                                  or in an educational program that                        has the same meaning as in paragraph                  2012 assessment results, a State must
                                                  culminates in the award of a regular                     (b)(1)(iv) of this section;                           calculate graduation rate under
                                                  high school diploma.                                        (B) ‘‘Standard number of years’’                   paragraph (b)(1) of this section at the
                                                     (2) A student who is retained in grade,                                                                     school, LEA, and State levels in the
                                                                                                           means four years unless a high school
                                                  enrolls in a General Educational                                                                               aggregate and disaggregated by each
                                                                                                           begins after ninth grade, in which case
                                                  Development (GED) program, or leaves                                                                           subgroup described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).
                                                                                                           the standard number of years is the
                                                  school for any other reason may not be                                                                            (ii) Prior to the AYP determinations
                                                                                                           number of grades in the school; and
                                                  counted as having transferred out for the                                                                      described in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this
                                                                                                              (C) A dropout may not be counted as
                                                  purpose of calculating graduation rate                                                                         section, a State must calculate
                                                                                                           a transfer.
                                                  and must remain in the adjusted cohort.                                                                        graduation rate in accordance with
                                                     (iii) The term ‘‘students who graduate                   (3) Goal and targets. (i) A State must
                                                                                                           set—                                                  either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this
                                                  in four years’’ means students who earn                                                                        section—
                                                  a regular high school diploma at the                        (A) A single graduation rate goal that
                                                                                                                                                                    (A) In the aggregate at the school,
                                                  conclusion of their fourth year, before                  represents the rate the State expects all
                                                                                                                                                                 LEA, and State levels for determining
                                                  the conclusion of their fourth year, or                  high schools in the State to meet; and
                                                                                                                                                                 AYP under § 200.20(a)(1)(ii) (meeting
                                                  during a summer session immediately                         (B) Annual graduation rate targets that
                                                                                                                                                                 the State’s annual measurable
                                                  following their fourth year.                             reflect continuous and substantial
                                                                                                                                                                 objectives), except as provided in
                                                     (iv) The term ‘‘regular high school                   improvement from the prior year toward
                                                                                                                                                                 paragraph (b)(7)(iii) of this section; but
                                                  diploma’’ means the standard high                        meeting or exceeding the graduation                      (B) In the aggregate and disaggregated
                                                  school diploma that is awarded to                        rate goal.                                            by each subgroup described in
                                                  students in the State and that is fully                     (ii) Beginning with AYP                            § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) for purposes of
                                                  aligned with the State’s academic                        determinations under § 200.20 based on                determining AYP under § 200.20(b)(2)
                                                  content standards or a higher diploma                    school year 2009–2010 assessment                      (‘‘safe harbor’’) and as required under
                                                  and does not include a GED credential,                   results, in order to make AYP, any high               section 1111(b)(2)(C)(vii) of the Act
                                                  certificate of attendance, or any                        school or LEA that serves grade 12 and                (additional academic indicators under
                                                  alternative award.                                       the State must meet or exceed—                        paragraph (c) of this section).
                                                     (v) In addition to calculating a four-                   (A) The graduation rate goal set by the               (6) Accountability workbook. (i) A
                                                  year adjusted cohort graduation rate, a                  State under paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this            State must revise its Consolidated State
                                                  State may propose to the Secretary for                   section; or                                           Application Accountability Workbook
                                                  approval an ‘‘extended-year adjusted                        (B) The State’s targets for continuous             submitted under section 1111 of the Act
                                                  cohort graduation rate.’’                                and substantial improvement from the                  to include the following:
                                                     (A) An extended-year adjusted cohort                  prior year, as set by the State under                    (A) The State’s graduation rate
                                                  graduation rate is defined as the number                 paragraph (b)(3)(i)(B) of this section.               definition that the State will use to
                                                  of students who graduate in four years                      (4) Reporting. (i) In accordance with              determine AYP based on school year
                                                  or more with a regular high school                       the deadlines in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of              2009–2010 assessment results.
                                                  diploma divided by the number of                         this section, a State and its LEAs must                  (B) The State’s progress toward
                                                  students who form the adjusted cohort                    report under section 1111(h) of the Act               meeting the deadline in paragraph
                                                  for the four-year adjusted cohort                        (annual report cards) graduation rate at              (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section for
                                                  graduation rate, provided that the                       the school, LEA, and State levels in the              calculating and reporting the four-year
                                                  adjustments account for any students                     aggregate and disaggregated by each                   adjusted cohort graduation rate defined
                                                  who transfer into the cohort by the end                  subgroup described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).             in paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  of the year of graduation being                             (ii)(A) Beginning with report cards                section.
                                                  considered minus the number of                           providing results of assessments                         (C) The State’s graduation rate goal
                                                  students who transfer out, emigrate to                   administered in the 2010–2011 school                  and targets.
                                                  another country, or are deceased by the                  year, a State and its LEAs must report                   (D) An explanation of how the State’s
                                                  end of that year.                                        the four-year adjusted cohort graduation              graduation rate goal represents the rate
                                                     (B) A State may calculate one or more                 rate calculated in accordance with                    the State expects all high schools in the
                                                  extended-year adjusted cohort                            paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this              State to meet and how the State’s targets
                                                  graduation rates.                                        section.                                              demonstrate continuous and substantial


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31694                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  improvement from the prior year toward                     (3) Consistent throughout the State                 a State, LEA, or school to systematically
                                                  meeting or exceeding the goal.                           within each grade span.                               exclude 5 percent of the students in any
                                                     (E) The graduation rate for the most                    (e) Except as provided in                           group under § 200.13(b)(7).
                                                  recent school year of the high school at                 § 200.20(b)(2), a State—                                 (3) To count a student who is assessed
                                                  the 10th percentile, the 50th percentile,                  (1) May not use the indicators in                   based on alternate academic
                                                  and the 90th percentile in the State                     paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section            achievement standards described in
                                                  (ranked in terms of graduation rate).                    to reduce the number, or change the                   § 200.1(d) as a participant for purposes
                                                     (F) If a State uses an extended-year                  identity, of schools that would                       of meeting the requirements of this
                                                  adjusted cohort graduation rate, a                       otherwise be subject to school                        paragraph, the State must have, and
                                                  description of how it will use that rate                 improvement, corrective action, or                    ensure that its LEAs adhere to,
                                                  with its four-year adjusted cohort                       restructuring if those indicators were                guidelines that meet the requirements of
                                                  graduation rate to determine whether its                 not used; but                                         § 200.1(f).
                                                  schools and LEAs have made AYP.                            (2) May use the indicators to identify                 (d) For the purpose of determining
                                                     (ii) Each State must submit, consistent               additional schools for school                         whether a school or LEA has made AYP,
                                                  with the timeline in § 200.7(a)(2)(iii), its             improvement, corrective action, or                    a State may establish a uniform
                                                  revised Consolidated State Application                   restructuring.                                        procedure for averaging data that
                                                  Accountability Workbook in accordance                                                                          includes one or more of the following:
                                                  with paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section to              (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2), (h))
                                                                                                                                                                    (1) Averaging data across school
                                                  the Department for technical assistance                  ■ 12. Section 200.20 is revised to read               years. (i) A State may average data from
                                                  and peer review under the process                        as follows:                                           the school year for which the
                                                  established by the Secretary under                                                                             determination is made with data from
                                                  section 1111(e)(2) of the Act.                           § 200.20   Making adequate yearly progress.
                                                                                                                                                                 one or two school years immediately
                                                     (7) Extension. (i) If a State cannot                     A school or LEA makes AYP if it                    preceding that school year.
                                                  meet the deadline in paragraph                           complies with paragraph (c) and with                     (ii) If a State averages data across
                                                  (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section, the State                 either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section           school years, the State must—
                                                  may request an extension of the                          separately in reading/language arts and                  (A) Implement, on schedule, the
                                                  deadline from the Secretary.                             in mathematics.                                       assessments in reading/language arts
                                                     (ii) To receive an extension, a State                    (a)(1) A school or LEA makes AYP if,               and mathematics in grades 3 through 8
                                                  must submit to the Secretary, by March                   consistent with paragraph (f) of this                 and once in grades 10 through 12
                                                  2, 2009—                                                 section—                                              required under § 200.5(a)(2);
                                                     (A) Evidence satisfactory to the                         (i) Each group of students under                      (B) Report data resulting from the
                                                  Secretary demonstrating that the State                   § 200.13(b)(7) meets or exceeds the                   assessments under § 200.5(a)(2);
                                                  cannot meet the deadline in paragraph                    State’s annual measurable objectives                     (C) Determine AYP under §§ 200.13
                                                  (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section; and                       under § 200.18; and                                   through 200.20, although the State may
                                                     (B) A detailed plan and timeline                         (ii) The school or LEA, respectively,              base that determination on data only
                                                  addressing the steps the State will take                 meets or exceeds the State’s other                    from the reading/language arts and
                                                  to implement, as expeditiously as                        academic indicators under § 200.19.                   mathematics assessments in the three
                                                  possible, a graduation rate consistent                      (2) For a group under § 200.13(b)(7) to            grade spans required under
                                                  with paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of                 be included in the determination of                   § 200.5(a)(1); and
                                                  this section.                                            AYP for a school or LEA, the number of                   (D) Implement the requirements in
                                                     (iii) A State that receives an extension              students in the group must be sufficient              section 1116 of the ESEA.
                                                  under this paragraph must, beginning                     to yield statistically reliable information              (iii) A State that averages data across
                                                  with AYP determinations under                            under § 200.7(a).                                     years must determine AYP on the basis
                                                  § 200.20 based on school year 2011–                         (b) If students in any group under                 of the assessments under § 200.5(a)(2) as
                                                  2012 assessment results, calculate                       § 200.13(b)(7) in a school or LEA do not              soon as it has data from two or three
                                                  graduation rate under paragraph (b)(2)                   meet the State’s annual measurable                    years to average. Until that time, the
                                                  of this section at the school, LEA, and                  objectives under § 200.18, the school or              State may use data from the reading/
                                                  State levels in the aggregate and                        LEA makes AYP if, consistent with                     language arts and mathematics
                                                  disaggregated by each subgroup                           paragraph (f) of this section—                        assessments required under § 200.5(a)(1)
                                                  described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).                            (1) The percentage of students in that
                                                     (c) The State may include additional                                                                        to determine adequate yearly progress.
                                                                                                           group below the State’s proficient                       (2) Combining data across grades.
                                                  academic indicators determined by the                    achievement level decreased by at least               Within each subject area and subgroup,
                                                  State, including, but not limited to, the                10 percent from the preceding year; and
                                                  following:                                                                                                     the State may combine data across
                                                                                                              (2) That group made progress on one                grades in a school or LEA.
                                                     (1) Additional State or locally
                                                                                                           or more of the State’s academic                          (e)(1) In determining the AYP of an
                                                  administered assessments not included
                                                                                                           indicators under § 200.19 or the LEA’s                LEA, a State must include all students
                                                  in the State assessment system under
                                                                                                           academic indicators under § 200.30(c).                who were enrolled in schools in the
                                                  § 200.2.
                                                     (2) Grade-to-grade retention rates.                      (c)(1) A school or LEA makes AYP if,               LEA for a full academic year, as defined
                                                     (3) Attendance rates.                                 consistent with paragraph (f) of this                 by the State.
                                                     (4) Percentages of students completing                section—                                                 (2) In determining the AYP of a
                                                  gifted and talented, advanced                               (i) Not less than 95 percent of the                school, the State may not include
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  placement, and college preparatory                       students enrolled in each group under                 students who were not enrolled in that
                                                  courses.                                                 § 200.13(b)(7) takes the State                        school for a full academic year, as
                                                     (d) A State must ensure that its other                assessments under § 200.2; and                        defined by the State.
                                                  academic indicators are—                                    (ii) The group is of sufficient size to               (f)(1) In determining AYP for a school
                                                     (1) Valid and reliable;                               produce statistically reliable results                or LEA, a State may—
                                                     (2) Consistent with relevant,                         under § 200.7(a).                                        (i) Count recently arrived limited
                                                  nationally recognized professional and                      (2) The requirement in paragraph                   English proficient students as having
                                                  technical standards, if any; and                         (c)(1) of this section does not authorize             participated in the State assessments for


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                              31695

                                                  purposes of meeting the 95 percent                       students and former students with                     ensures that the system is coherent and
                                                  participation requirement under                          disabilities as part of the limited English           that incorporating student academic
                                                  paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section if they              proficient and students with disabilities             growth into the State’s definition of
                                                  take—                                                    subgroups, respectively, for the purpose              AYP does not dilute accountability.
                                                     (A) Either an assessment of English                   of reporting AYP at the LEA and school                  (3) A State’s proposal to incorporate
                                                  language proficiency under § 200.6(b)(3)                 levels under section 1111(h)(2)(B) of the             student academic growth in the State’s
                                                  or the State’s reading/language arts                     Act; but                                              definition of AYP will be peer reviewed
                                                  assessment under § 200.2; and                              (C) A State or LEA may not include                  under the process established by the
                                                     (B) The State’s mathematics                           the scores of former limited English                  Secretary under section 1111(e)(2) of the
                                                  assessment under § 200.2; and                            proficient students or former students                Act.
                                                     (ii) Choose not to include the scores                 with disabilities as part of the limited              (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2), (b)(3)(C)(xi);
                                                  of recently arrived limited English                      English proficient or students with                   7861)
                                                  proficient students on the mathematics                   disabilities subgroup, respectively, in
                                                  assessment, the reading/language arts                    reporting any other information under                 ■ 13. Section 200.21 is revised to read
                                                  assessment (if administered to these                     section 1111(h) of the Act.                           as follows:
                                                  students), or both, even if these students                 (g) Student academic growth. (1) A                  § 200.21    Adequate yearly progress of a
                                                  have been enrolled in the same school                    State may request authority under                     State.
                                                  or LEA for a full academic year as                       section 9401 of the Act to incorporate                  For each State that receives funds
                                                  defined by the State.                                    student academic growth in the State’s                under subpart A of this part and under
                                                     (2)(i) In determining AYP for the                     definition of AYP under this section.                 subpart 1 of part A of Title III of the
                                                  subgroup of limited English proficient                     (2) A State’s policy for incorporating              ESEA, the Secretary must, beginning
                                                  students and the subgroup of students                    student academic growth in the State’s                with the 2004–2005 school year,
                                                  with disabilities, a State may include,                  definition of AYP must—                               annually review whether the State has—
                                                  for up to two AYP determination cycles,                    (i) Set annual growth targets that—                   (a)(1) Made AYP as defined by the
                                                  the scores of—                                             (A) Will lead to all students, by school            State in accordance with §§ 200.13
                                                     (A) Students who were limited                         year 2013–2014, meeting or exceeding                  through 200.20 for each group of
                                                  English proficient but who no longer                     the State’s proficient level of academic              students in § 200.13(b)(7); and
                                                  meet the State’s definition of limited                   achievement on the State assessments                    (2) Met its annual measurable
                                                  English proficiency; and                                 under § 200.2;                                        achievement objectives under section
                                                     (B) Students who were previously                        (B) Are based on meeting the State’s                3122(a) of the ESEA relating to the
                                                  identified under section 602(3) of the                   proficient level of academic                          development and attainment of English
                                                  IDEA but who no longer receive special                   achievement on the State assessments                  proficiency by limited English
                                                  education services.                                      under § 200.2 and are not based on                    proficient students.
                                                     (ii) If a State, in determining AYP for               individual student background                           (b) A State must include all students
                                                  the subgroup of limited English                          characteristics; and                                  who were enrolled in schools in the
                                                  proficient students and the subgroup of                    (C) Measure student achievement                     State for a full academic year in
                                                  students with disabilities, includes the                 separately in mathematics and reading/                reporting on the yearly progress of the
                                                  scores of the students described in                      language arts;                                        State.
                                                  paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, the                   (ii) Ensure that all students enrolled
                                                  State must include the scores of all such                in the grades tested under § 200.2 are                (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 7325)
                                                  students, but is not required to—                        included in the State’s assessment and                ■ 14. Section 200.22 is revised to read
                                                     (A) Include those students in the                     accountability systems;                               as follows:
                                                  limited English proficient subgroup or                     (iii) Hold all schools and LEAs
                                                  in the students with disabilities                        accountable for the performance of all                § 200.22 National Technical Advisory
                                                  subgroup in determining if the number                                                                          Council.
                                                                                                           students and the student subgroups
                                                  of limited English proficient students or                described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii);                        (a) To provide advice to the
                                                  students with disabilities, respectively,                  (iv) Be based on State assessments                  Department on technical issues related
                                                  is sufficient to yield statistically reliable            that—                                                 to the design and implementation of
                                                  information under § 200.7(a); or                           (A) Produce comparable results from                 standards, assessments, and
                                                     (B) With respect to students who are                  grade to grade and from year to year in               accountability systems, the Secretary
                                                  no longer limited English proficient—                    mathematics and reading/language arts;                shall establish a National Technical
                                                     (1) Assess those students’ English                      (B) Have been in use by the State for               Advisory Council (hereafter referred to
                                                  language proficiency under                               more than one year; and                               as the ‘‘National TAC’’), which shall be
                                                  § 200.6(b)(3); or                                          (C) Have received full approval from                governed by the provisions of the
                                                     (2) Provide English language services                 the Secretary before the State                        Federal Advisory Committee Act
                                                  to those students.                                       determines AYP based on student                       (FACA) (Pub. L. 92–463, as amended; 5
                                                     (iii) For the purpose of reporting                    academic growth;                                      U.S.C. App.).
                                                  information on report cards under                          (v) Track student progress through the                (b)(1) The members of the National
                                                  section 1111(h) of the Act—                              State data system;                                    TAC must include persons who have
                                                     (A) A State may include the scores of                   (vi) Include, as separate factors in                knowledge of and expertise in the
                                                  former limited English proficient                        determining whether schools are                       design and implementation of
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  students and former students with                        making AYP for a particular year—                     educational standards, assessments, and
                                                  disabilities as part of the limited English                (A) The rate of student participation               accountability systems for all students,
                                                  proficient and students with disabilities                in assessments under § 200.2; and                     including students with disabilities and
                                                  subgroups, respectively, for the purpose                   (B) Other academic indicators as                    limited English proficient students, and
                                                  of reporting AYP at the State level under                described in § 200.19; and                            experts with technical knowledge
                                                  section 1111(h)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act;                      (vii) Describe how the State’s annual               related to statistics and psychometrics.
                                                     (B) An LEA may include the scores of                  growth targets fit into the State’s                     (2) The National TAC shall be
                                                  former limited English proficient                        accountability system in a manner that                composed of 10 to 20 members who


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31696                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  may meet as a whole or in committees,                    making AYP, an LEA also may use any                   on which the proposed identification is
                                                  as the Secretary may determine.                          additional academic assessments or any                based.
                                                    (3) The Secretary shall, through a                     other academic indicators described in                (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(2))
                                                  notice published in the Federal                          the LEA’s plan.
                                                  Register—                                                   (2)(i) The LEA may use these                       ■ 20. Section 200.32 is revised to read
                                                    (i) Solicit nominations from the                       assessments and indicators—                           as follows:
                                                  public for members of the National                          (A) To identify additional schools for             § 200.32 Identification for school
                                                  TAC; and                                                 school improvement or in need of                      improvement.
                                                    (ii) Publish the list of members, once                 corrective action or restructuring; and                  (a)(1)(i) An LEA must identify for
                                                  selected.                                                   (B) To permit a school to make AYP                 school improvement any elementary or
                                                    (4) The Secretary shall screen                         if, in accordance with § 200.20(b), the               secondary school served under subpart
                                                  nominees for membership on the                           school also reduces the percentage of a               A of this part that fails, for two
                                                  National TAC for potential conflicts of                  student group not meeting the State’s                 consecutive years, to make AYP as
                                                  interest to prevent, to the extent                       proficient level of academic                          defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20.
                                                  possible, such conflicts, or the                         achievement by at least 10 percent.                      (ii) In identifying schools for
                                                  appearance thereof, in the National                         (ii) The LEA may not, with the                     improvement, an LEA—
                                                  TAC’s performance of its                                 exception described in paragraph                         (A) May base identification on
                                                  responsibilities under this section.                     (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section, use these               whether a school did not make AYP
                                                    (c) The Secretary shall use the                        assessments and indicators to reduce                  because it did not meet the annual
                                                  National TAC to provide its expert                       the number of, or change the identity of,             measurable objectives for the same
                                                  opinions on matters that arise during                    the schools that would otherwise be                   subject or meet the same other academic
                                                  the State Plan review process.                           identified for school improvement,                    indicator for two consecutive years; but
                                                    (d) The Secretary shall prescribe and                  corrective action, or restructuring if the               (B) May not limit identification to
                                                  publish the rules of procedure for the                   LEA did not use these additional                      those schools that did not make AYP
                                                  National TAC.                                            indicators.                                           only because they did not meet the
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(e))
                                                                                                              (d) The LEA must publicize and                     annual measurable objectives for the
                                                                                                           disseminate the results of its annual                 same subject or meet the same other
                                                  § 200.23   [Removed and Reserved]                        progress review to parents, teachers,                 academic indicator for the same
                                                  ■   15. Remove and reserve § 200.23.                     principals, schools, and the community.               subgroup under § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) for two
                                                                                                              (e) The LEA must review the                        consecutive years.
                                                  § 200.24   [Removed and Reserved]                        effectiveness of actions and activities                  (2) The LEA must make the
                                                  ■   16. Remove and reserve § 200.24.                     that schools are carrying out under                   identification described in paragraph
                                                                                                           subpart A of this part with respect to                (a)(1) of this section before the
                                                  § 200.29   [Amended]                                     parental involvement, professional                    beginning of the school year following
                                                  ■ 17. Revise the undesignated center                     development, and other activities                     the year in which the LEA administered
                                                  heading following § 200.29 to read as                    assisted under subpart A of this part.                the assessments that resulted in the
                                                  follows:                                                 (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(a) and (b))                school’s failure to make AYP for a
                                                                                                           ■ 19. Section 200.31 is revised to read               second consecutive year.
                                                  LEA and School Improvement
                                                                                                           as follows:                                              (b)(1) An LEA must treat any school
                                                  ■ 18. Section 200.30 is revised to read                                                                        that was in the first year of school
                                                  as follows:                                              § 200.31 Opportunity to review school-                improvement status on January 7, 2002
                                                                                                           level data.                                           as a school that is in the first year of
                                                  § 200.30   Local review.                                   (a) Before identifying a school for                 school improvement under § 200.39 for
                                                    (a) Each LEA receiving funds under                     school improvement, corrective action,                the 2002–2003 school year.
                                                  subpart A of this part must use the                      or restructuring, an LEA must provide                    (2) Not later than the first day of the
                                                  results of the State assessment system                   the school with an opportunity to                     2002–2003 school year, the LEA must,
                                                  described in § 200.2 to review annually                  review the school-level data, including               in accordance with § 200.44, provide
                                                  the progress of each school served under                 academic assessment data, on which the                public school choice to all students in
                                                  subpart A of this part to determine                      proposed identification is based.                     the school.
                                                  whether the school is making AYP in                        (b)(1) If the principal of a school that               (c)(1) An LEA must treat any school
                                                  accordance with § 200.20.                                an LEA proposes to identify for school                that was identified for school
                                                    (b)(1) In reviewing the progress of an                 improvement, corrective action, or                    improvement for two or more
                                                  elementary or secondary school                           restructuring believes, or a majority of              consecutive years on January 7, 2002 as
                                                  operating a targeted assistance program,                 the parents of the students enrolled in               a school that is in its second year of
                                                  an LEA may choose to review the                          the school believe, that the proposed                 school improvement under § 200.39 for
                                                  progress of only the students in the                     identification is in error for statistical or         the 2002–2003 school year.
                                                  school who are served, or are eligible for               other substantive reasons, the principal                 (2) Not later than the first day of the
                                                  services, under subpart A of this part.                  may provide supporting evidence to the                2002–2003 school year, the LEA must—
                                                    (2) The LEA may exercise the option                    LEA.                                                     (i) In accordance with § 200.44,
                                                  under paragraph (b)(1) of this section so                  (2) The LEA must consider the                       provide public school choice to all
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  long as the students selected for services               evidence referred to in paragraph (b)(1)              students in the school; and
                                                  under the targeted assistance program                    of this section before making a final                    (ii) In accordance with § 200.45, make
                                                  are those with the greatest need for                     determination.                                        available supplemental educational
                                                  special assistance, consistent with the                    (c) The LEA must make public a final                services to eligible students who remain
                                                  requirements of section 1115 of the                      determination of the status of the school             in the school.
                                                  ESEA.                                                    with respect to identification not later                 (d) An LEA may remove from
                                                    (c)(1) To determine whether schools                    than 30 days after it provides the school             improvement status a school otherwise
                                                  served under subpart A of this part are                  with the opportunity to review the data               subject to the requirements of


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                               31697

                                                  paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section if, on                (iii) Take corrective action under                 (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b))
                                                  the basis of assessments the LEA                         § 200.42.                                             ■ 24. Section 200.36 is revised to read
                                                  administers during the 2001–2002                            (c) An LEA may remove from                         as follows:
                                                  school year, the school makes AYP for                    corrective action a school otherwise
                                                  a second consecutive year.                               subject to the requirements of                        § 200.36    Communication with parents.
                                                     (e)(1) An LEA may, but is not required                paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section if, on            (a) Throughout the school
                                                  to, identify a school for improvement if,                the basis of assessments administered                 improvement process, the State, LEA, or
                                                  on the basis of assessments the LEA                      by the LEA during the 2001–2002                       school must communicate with the
                                                  administers during the 2001–2002                         school year, the school makes AYP for                 parents of each child attending the
                                                  school year, the school fails to make                    a second consecutive year.                            school.
                                                  AYP for a second consecutive year.                       (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)                             (b) The State, LEA, or school must
                                                     (2) An LEA that does not identify                                                                           ensure that, regardless of the method or
                                                  such a school for improvement,                           ■ 22. Section 200.34 is revised to read               media used, it provides the information
                                                  however, must count the 2001–2002                        as follows:                                           required by §§ 200.37 and 200.38 to
                                                  school year as the first year of not                     § 200.34   Identification for restructuring.          parents—
                                                  making AYP for the purpose of                                                                                    (1) In an understandable and uniform
                                                                                                              (a) If a school continues to fail to
                                                  subsequent identification decisions                                                                            format, including alternative formats
                                                                                                           make AYP after one full school year of
                                                  under paragraph (a) of this section.                                                                           upon request; and
                                                                                                           corrective action under § 200.42, the                   (2) To the extent practicable, in a
                                                     (f) If an LEA identifies a school for                 LEA must prepare a restructuring plan
                                                  improvement after the beginning of the                                                                         language that parents can understand.
                                                                                                           for the school and make arrangements to                 (c) The State, LEA, or school must
                                                  school year following the year in which                  implement the plan.
                                                  the LEA administered the assessments                                                                           provide information to parents—
                                                                                                              (b) If the school continues to fail to               (1) Directly, through such means as
                                                  that resulted in the school’s failure to                 make AYP, the LEA must implement the
                                                  make AYP for a second consecutive                                                                              regular mail or email, except that if a
                                                                                                           restructuring plan no later than the                  State does not have access to individual
                                                  year—                                                    beginning of the school year following
                                                     (1) The school is subject to the                                                                            student addresses, it may provide
                                                                                                           the year in which the LEA developed                   information to the LEA or school for
                                                  requirements of school improvement                       the restructuring plan under paragraph
                                                  under § 200.39 immediately upon                                                                                distribution to parents; and
                                                                                                           (a) of this section.                                    (2) Through broader means of
                                                  identification, including the provision
                                                                                                           (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(8))                     dissemination such as the internet, the
                                                  of public school choice; and
                                                     (2) The LEA must count that school                    ■ 23. Section 200.35 is revised to read               media, and public agencies serving the
                                                  year as a full school year for the                       as follows:                                           student population and their families.
                                                                                                                                                                   (d) All communications must respect
                                                  purposes of subjecting the school to
                                                                                                           § 200.35   Delay and removal.                         the privacy of students and their
                                                  additional improvement measures if the
                                                                                                              (a) Delay. (1) An LEA may delay, for               families.
                                                  school continues to fail to make AYP.
                                                                                                           a period not to exceed one year,                      (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)
                                                                                                           implementation of requirements under                  ■ 25. Section 200.37 is revised to read
                                                  ■ 21. Section 200.33 is revised to read                  the second year of school improvement,                as follows:
                                                  as follows:                                              under corrective action, or under
                                                                                                           restructuring if—                                     § 200.37 Notice of identification for
                                                  § 200.33   Identification for corrective                    (i) The school makes AYP for one                   improvement, corrective action, or
                                                  action.                                                                                                        restructuring.
                                                                                                           year; or
                                                     (a) If a school served by an LEA under                   (ii) The school’s failure to make AYP                 (a) If an LEA identifies a school for
                                                  subpart A of this part fails to make AYP                 is due to exceptional or uncontrollable               improvement or subjects the school to
                                                  by the end of the second full school year                circumstances, such as a natural disaster             corrective action or restructuring, the
                                                  after the LEA has identified the school                  or a precipitous and unforeseen decline               LEA must, consistent with the
                                                  for improvement under § 200.32(a) or                     in the financial resources of the LEA or              requirements of § 200.36, promptly
                                                  (b), or by the end of the first full school              school.                                               notify the parent or parents of each
                                                  year after the LEA has identified the                       (2) The LEA may not take into                      child enrolled in the school of this
                                                  school for improvement under                             account a period of delay under                       identification.
                                                  § 200.32(c), the LEA must identify the                   paragraph (a) of this section in                         (b) The notice referred to in paragraph
                                                  school for corrective action under                       determining the number of consecutive                 (a) of this section must include the
                                                  § 200.42.                                                years of the school’s failure to make                 following:
                                                     (b) If a school was subject to                        AYP.                                                     (1) An explanation of what the
                                                  corrective action on January 7, 2002, the                   (3) Except as provided in paragraph                identification means, and how the
                                                  LEA must—                                                (b) of this section, the LEA must subject             school compares in terms of academic
                                                     (1) Treat the school as a school                      the school to further actions as if the               achievement to other elementary and
                                                  identified for corrective action under                   delay never occurred.                                 secondary schools served by the LEA
                                                  § 200.42 for the 2002–2003 school year;                     (b) Removal. If any school identified              and the SEA involved.
                                                  and                                                      for school improvement, corrective                       (2) The reasons for the identification.
                                                     (2) Not later than the first day of the               action, or restructuring makes AYP for                   (3) An explanation of how parents can
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  2002–2003 school year—                                   two consecutive school years, the LEA                 become involved in addressing the
                                                     (i) In accordance with § 200.44,                      may not, for the succeeding school                    academic issues that led to
                                                  provide public school choice to all                      year—                                                 identification.
                                                  students in the school;                                     (1) Subject the school to the                         (4)(i) An explanation of the parents’
                                                     (ii) In accordance with § 200.45, make                requirements of school improvement,                   option to transfer their child to another
                                                  available supplemental educational                       corrective action, or restructuring; or               public school, including the provision
                                                  services to eligible students who remain                    (2) Identify the school for                        of transportation to the new school, in
                                                  in the school; and                                       improvement.                                          accordance with § 200.44.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31698                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                     (ii) The explanation of the parents’                  § 200.36, and to the public information                students who were eligible for and the
                                                  option to transfer must include, at a                    regarding any action taken by a school                 number of students who participated in
                                                  minimum, information on the academic                     and the LEA to address the problems                    public school choice.
                                                  achievement of the school or schools to                  that led to the LEA’s identification of                   (ii) Beginning with data from the
                                                  which the child may transfer.                            the school for improvement, corrective                 2007–2008 school year and for each
                                                     (iii) The explanation may include                     action, or restructuring.                              subsequent school year, the number of
                                                  other information on the school or                          (b) The information referred to in                  students who were eligible for and the
                                                  schools to which the child may transfer,                 paragraph (a) of this section must                     number of students who participated in
                                                  such as—                                                 include the following:                                 supplemental educational services.
                                                     (A) A description of any special                         (1) An explanation of what the school                  (iii) For the current school year, a list
                                                  academic programs or facilities;                         is doing to address the problem of low                 of supplemental educational services
                                                     (B) The availability of before- and                   achievement.                                           providers approved by the State to serve
                                                  after-school programs;                                      (2) An explanation of what the LEA or               the LEA and the locations where
                                                     (C) The professional qualifications of                SEA is doing to help the school address                services are provided.
                                                  teachers in the core academic subjects;                  the problem of low achievement.                           (iv) For the current school year, a list
                                                  and                                                         (3) If applicable, a description of                 of available schools to which students
                                                     (D) A description of parental                         specific corrective actions or                         eligible to participate in public school
                                                  involvement opportunities.                               restructuring plans.                                   choice may transfer.
                                                     (iv) The explanation of the available                 (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b))                            (2) If the LEA does not have its own
                                                  school choices must be made                                                                                     Web site, the SEA must include on the
                                                  sufficiently in advance of, but no later                 ■    27. Add § 200.39 to read as follows:              SEA’s Web site the information required
                                                  than 14 calendar days before, the start                  § 200.39 Responsibilities resulting from               in paragraph (c)(1) of this section for the
                                                  of the school year so that parents have                  identification for school improvement.                 LEA.
                                                  adequate time to exercise their choice                      (a) If an LEA identifies a school for               (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b))
                                                  option before the school year begins.                    school improvement under § 200.32—
                                                     (5)(i) If the school is in its second year                                                                   ■   28. Add § 200.40 to read as follows:
                                                                                                              (1) The LEA must—
                                                  of improvement or subject to corrective                     (i) Not later than the first day of the             § 200.40    Technical assistance.
                                                  action or restructuring, a notice                        school year following identification,                    (a) An LEA that identifies a school for
                                                  explaining how parents can obtain                        with the exception described in                        improvement under § 200.32 must
                                                  supplemental educational services for                    § 200.32(f), provide all students enrolled             ensure that the school receives technical
                                                  their child in accordance with § 200.45.                 in the school with the option to transfer,             assistance as the school develops and
                                                     (ii) The annual notice of the                         in accordance with § 200.44, to another                implements its improvement plan under
                                                  availability of supplemental educational                 public school served by the LEA; and                   § 200.41 and throughout the plan’s
                                                  services must include, at a minimum,                        (ii) Ensure that the school receives                duration.
                                                  the following:                                           technical assistance in accordance with                  (b) The LEA may arrange for the
                                                     (A) The identity of approved
                                                                                                           § 200.40; and                                          technical assistance to be provided by
                                                  providers of those services available                       (2) The school must develop or revise               one or more of the following:
                                                  within the LEA, including providers of                   a school improvement plan in                             (1) The LEA through the statewide
                                                  technology-based or distance-learning                    accordance with § 200.41.                              system of school support and
                                                  supplemental educational services, and                      (b) If a school fails to make AYP by                recognition described under section
                                                  providers that make services reasonably                  the end of the first full school year after            1117 of the ESEA.
                                                  available in neighboring LEAs.                           the LEA has identified it for                            (2) The SEA.
                                                     (B) A brief description of the services,
                                                                                                           improvement under § 200.32, the LEA                      (3) An institution of higher education
                                                  qualifications, and demonstrated
                                                                                                           must—                                                  that is in full compliance with all of the
                                                  effectiveness of the providers referred to                  (1) Continue to provide all students                reporting provisions of Title II of the
                                                  in paragraph (b)(5)(ii)(A) of this section,              enrolled in the school with the option                 Higher Education Act of 1965.
                                                  including an indication of those                         to transfer, in accordance with § 200.44,                (4) A private not-for-profit
                                                  providers who are able to serve students                 to another public school served by the                 organization, a private for-profit
                                                  with disabilities or limited English                     LEA;                                                   organization, an educational service
                                                  proficient students.                                        (2) Continue to ensure that the school              agency, or another entity with
                                                     (C) An explanation of the benefits of
                                                                                                           receives technical assistance in                       experience in helping schools improve
                                                  receiving supplemental educational
                                                                                                           accordance with § 200.40; and                          academic achievement.
                                                  services.                                                   (3) Make available supplemental                       (c) The technical assistance must
                                                     (iii) The annual notice of the
                                                                                                           educational services in accordance with                include the following:
                                                  availability of supplemental educational
                                                                                                           § 200.45.                                                (1) Assistance in analyzing data from
                                                  services must be—
                                                                                                              (c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph              the State assessment system, and other
                                                     (A) Clear and concise; and
                                                                                                           (c)(2) of this section, the LEA must                   examples of student work, to identify
                                                     (B) Clearly distinguishable from the
                                                                                                           prominently display on its Web site, in                and develop solutions to problems in—
                                                  other information sent to parents under
                                                                                                           a timely manner to ensure that parents                   (i) Instruction;
                                                  this section.
                                                                                                           have current information, the following                  (ii) Implementing the requirements for
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)                              information regarding the LEA’s                        parental involvement and professional
                                                  ■   26. Add § 200.38 to read as follows:                 implementation of the public school                    development under this subpart; and
                                                                                                           choice and supplemental educational                      (iii) Implementing the school plan,
                                                  § 200.38   Information about action taken.               services requirements of the Act and                   including LEA- and school-level
                                                    (a) An LEA must publish and                            this part:                                             responsibilities under the plan.
                                                  disseminate to the parents of each                          (i) Beginning with data from the                      (2) Assistance in identifying and
                                                  student enrolled in the school,                          2007–2008 school year and for each                     implementing professional development
                                                  consistent with the requirements of                      subsequent school year, the number of                  and instructional strategies and methods


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                            31699

                                                  that have proved effective, through                      these groups meet the State’s annual                      (ii) Any underlying staffing,
                                                  scientifically based research, in                        measurable objectives described in                     curriculum, or other problems in the
                                                  addressing the specific instructional                    § 200.18;                                              school;
                                                  issues that caused the LEA to identify                      (5) Provide an assurance that the                      (2) Is designed to increase
                                                  the school for improvement.                              school will spend not less than 10                     substantially the likelihood that each
                                                     (3) Assistance in analyzing and                       percent of the allocation it receives                  group of students described in
                                                  revising the school’s budget so that the                 under subpart A of this part for each                  § 200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the school
                                                  school allocates its resources more                      year that the school is in school                      will meet or exceed the State’s
                                                  effectively to the activities most likely                improvement status, for the purpose of                 proficient levels of achievement as
                                                  to—                                                      providing high-quality professional                    measured by the State assessment
                                                     (i) Increase student academic                         development to the school’s teachers,                  system; and
                                                  achievement; and                                         principal, and, as appropriate, other                     (3) Is consistent with State law.
                                                     (ii) Remove the school from school                    instructional staff, consistent with                      (b) Requirements. If an LEA identifies
                                                  improvement status.                                      section 9101(34) of the ESEA, that—                    a school for corrective action, in
                                                     (d) Technical assistance provided                        (i) Directly addresses the academic                 accordance with § 200.33, the LEA must
                                                  under this section must be based on                      achievement problem that caused the                    do the following:
                                                  scientifically based research.                           school to be identified for improvement;                  (1) Continue to provide all students
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(4))
                                                                                                              (ii) Is provided in a manner that                   enrolled in the school with the option
                                                                                                           affords increased opportunity for                      to transfer to another public school in
                                                  ■   29. Add § 200.41 to read as follows:                 participating in that professional                     accordance with § 200.44.
                                                  § 200.41   School improvement plan.
                                                                                                           development; and                                          (2) Continue to ensure that the school
                                                                                                              (iii) Incorporates teacher mentoring                receives technical assistance consistent
                                                     (a)(1) Not later than three months after              activities or programs;
                                                  an LEA has identified a school for                                                                              with the requirements of § 200.40.
                                                                                                              (6) Specify how the funds described
                                                  improvement under § 200.32, the school                                                                             (3) Make available supplemental
                                                                                                           in paragraph (c)(5) of this section will be
                                                  must develop or revise a school                                                                                 educational services in accordance with
                                                                                                           used to remove the school from school
                                                  improvement plan for approval by the                                                                            § 200.45.
                                                                                                           improvement status;
                                                  LEA.                                                        (7) Describe how the school will                       (4) Take at least one of the following
                                                     (2) The school must consult with                      provide written notice about the                       corrective actions:
                                                  parents, school staff, the LEA, and                      identification to parents of each student                 (i) Replace the school staff who are
                                                  outside experts in developing or                         enrolled in the school;                                relevant to the school’s failure to make
                                                  revising its school improvement plan.                       (8) Include strategies to promote                   AYP.
                                                     (b) The school improvement plan                       effective parental involvement at the                     (ii) Institute and fully implement a
                                                  must cover a 2-year period.                              school; and                                            new curriculum, including the
                                                     (c) The school improvement plan                          (9) As appropriate, incorporate                     provision of appropriate professional
                                                  must—                                                    activities before school, after school,                development for all relevant staff, that—
                                                     (1) Specify the responsibilities of the               during the summer, and during any                         (A) Is grounded in scientifically based
                                                  school, the LEA, and the SEA serving                     extension of the school year.                          research; and
                                                  the school under the plan, including the                    (d)(1) Within 45 days of receiving a                   (B) Offers substantial promise of
                                                  technical assistance to be provided by                   school improvement plan, the LEA                       improving educational achievement for
                                                  the LEA under § 200.40;                                  must—                                                  low-achieving students and of enabling
                                                     (2)(i) Incorporate strategies, grounded                  (i) Establish a peer-review process to              the school to make AYP.
                                                  in scientifically based research, that will              assist with review of the plan;                           (iii) Significantly decrease
                                                  strengthen instruction in the core                          (ii) Promptly review the plan;                      management authority at the school
                                                  academic subjects at the school and                         (iii) Work with the school to make any              level.
                                                  address the specific academic issues                     necessary revisions; and                                  (iv) Appoint one or more outside
                                                  that caused the LEA to identify the                         (iv) Approve the plan if it meets the               experts to advise the school on—
                                                  school for improvement; and                              requirements of this section.                             (A) Revising the school improvement
                                                     (ii) May include a strategy for                          (2) The LEA may condition approval                  plan developed under § 200.41 to
                                                  implementing a comprehensive school                      of the school improvement plan on—                     address the specific issues underlying
                                                  reform model described in section 1606                      (i) Inclusion of one or more of the                 the school’s continued failure to make
                                                  of the ESEA;                                             corrective actions specified in § 200.42;              AYP and resulting in identification for
                                                     (3) With regard to the school’s core                  or                                                     corrective action; and
                                                  academic subjects, adopt policies and                       (ii) Feedback on the plan from parents                 (B) Implementing the revised
                                                  practices most likely to ensure that all                 and community leaders.                                 improvement plan.
                                                  groups of students described in                             (e) A school must implement its
                                                                                                                                                                     (v) Extend for that school the length
                                                  § 200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the school                school improvement plan immediately
                                                                                                                                                                  of the school year or school day.
                                                  will meet the State’s proficient level of                on approval of the plan by the LEA.
                                                                                                                                                                     (vi) Restructure the internal
                                                  achievement, as measured by the State’s                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(3))                      organization of the school.
                                                  assessment system, not later than the                    ■    30. Add § 200.42 to read as follows:                 (5) Continue to comply with
                                                  2013–2014 school year;                                                                                          § 200.39(c).
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                     (4) Establish measurable goals that—                  § 200.42    Corrective action.
                                                                                                                                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(7))
                                                     (i) Address the specific reasons for the                 (a) Definition. ‘‘Corrective action’’
                                                  school’s failure to make adequate                        means action by an LEA that—                           § 200.42    [Amended]
                                                  progress; and                                               (1) Substantially and directly
                                                     (ii) Promote, for each group of                                                                              ■ 31. Remove the undesignated center
                                                                                                           responds to—
                                                  students described in § 200.13(b)(7) and                    (i) The consistent academic failure of              heading ‘‘Other State Plan Provisions’’
                                                  enrolled in the school, continuous and                   a school that led the LEA to identify the              following § 200.42.
                                                  substantial progress that ensures that all               school for corrective action; and                      ■   32. Revise § 200.43 to read as follows:


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31700                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  § 200.43   Restructuring.                                  (A) Comment before the LEA takes                        (B) Are persistently dangerous as
                                                     (a) Definition. ‘‘Restructuring’’ means               any action under a restructuring plan;                 determined by the State; and
                                                  a major reorganization of a school’s                     and                                                       (ii) May include one or more public
                                                  governance arrangement by an LEA                           (B) Participate in the development of                charter schools.
                                                  that—                                                    any restructuring plan.                                   (4) If more than one school meets the
                                                     (1) Makes fundamental reforms to                        (5) Continue to comply with                          requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this
                                                  improve student academic achievement                     § 200.39(c).                                           section, the LEA must—
                                                  in the school;                                             (c) Implementation. (1) If a school                     (i) Provide to parents of students
                                                     (2) Has substantial promise of                        continues to fail to make AYP, the LEA                 eligible to transfer under paragraph
                                                  enabling the school to make AYP as                       must—                                                  (a)(1) of this section a choice of more
                                                  defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20;                     (i) Implement the restructuring plan                than one such school; and
                                                     (3) Is consistent with State law;                     no later than the beginning of the school                 (ii) Take into account the parents’
                                                     (4) Is significantly more rigorous and                year following the year in which the                   preferences among the choices offered
                                                  comprehensive than the corrective                        LEA developed the restructuring plan                   under paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section.
                                                  action that the LEA implemented in the                   under paragraph (b)(3) of this section;                   (5) The LEA must offer the option to
                                                  school under § 200.42, unless the school                    (ii) Continue to offer public school                transfer described in this section unless
                                                  has begun to implement one of the                        choice and supplemental educational                    it is prohibited by State law in
                                                  options in paragraph (b)(3) of this                      services in accordance with §§ 200.44                  accordance with paragraph (b) of this
                                                  section as a corrective action; and                      and 200.45; and
                                                     (5) Addresses the reasons why the                                                                            section.
                                                                                                              (iii) Continue to comply with                          (6) Except as described in §§ 200.32(d)
                                                  school was identified for restructuring                  § 200.39(c).
                                                  in order to enable the school to exit                                                                           and 200.33(c), if a school was in school
                                                                                                              (2) An LEA is no longer required to                 improvement or subject to corrective
                                                  restructuring as soon as possible.                       carry out the requirements of paragraph
                                                     (b) Requirements. If the LEA identifies                                                                      action before January 8, 2002, the State
                                                                                                           (c)(1) of this section if the restructured             must ensure that the LEA provides a
                                                  a school for restructuring in accordance
                                                                                                           school makes AYP for two consecutive                   public school choice option in
                                                  with § 200.34, the LEA must do the
                                                                                                           school years.                                          accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this
                                                  following:
                                                     (1) Continue to provide all students                     (d) Rural schools. On request, the                  section not later than the first day of the
                                                  enrolled in the school with the option                   Secretary will provide technical                       2002–2003 school year.
                                                  to transfer to another public school in                  assistance for developing and carrying                    (b) Limitation on State law
                                                  accordance with § 200.44.                                out a restructuring plan to any rural                  prohibition. An LEA may invoke the
                                                     (2) Make available supplemental                       LEA—                                                   State law prohibition on choice
                                                  educational services in accordance with                     (1) That has fewer than 600 students                described in paragraph (a)(5) of this
                                                  § 200.45.                                                in average daily attendance at all of its              section only if the State law prohibits
                                                     (3) Prepare a plan to carry out one of                schools; and                                           choice through restrictions on public
                                                  the following alternative governance                        (2) In which all of the schools have a              school assignments or the transfer of
                                                  arrangements:                                            School Locale Code of 7 or 8, as                       students from one public school to
                                                     (i) Reopen the school as a public                     determined by the National Center for                  another public school.
                                                  charter school.                                          Education Statistics.                                     (c) Desegregation plans. (1) If an LEA
                                                     (ii) Replace all or most of the school                (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(8))                      is subject to a desegregation plan,
                                                  staff (which may include, but may not                                                                           whether that plan is voluntary, court-
                                                  be limited to, replacing the principal)                  ■    33. Add § 200.44 to read as follows:
                                                                                                                                                                  ordered, or required by a Federal or
                                                  who are relevant to the school’s failure                 § 200.44    Public school choice.                      State administrative agency, the LEA is
                                                  to make AYP.                                               (a) Requirements. (1) In the case of a               not exempt from the requirement in
                                                     (iii) Enter into a contract with an                                                                          paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
                                                                                                           school identified for school
                                                  entity, such as a private management                                                                               (2) In determining how to provide
                                                                                                           improvement under § 200.32, for
                                                  company, with a demonstrated record of                                                                          students with the option to transfer to
                                                                                                           corrective action under § 200.33, or for
                                                  effectiveness, to operate the school as a                                                                       another school, the LEA may take into
                                                  public school.                                           restructuring under § 200.34, the LEA
                                                                                                           must provide all students enrolled in                  account the requirements of the
                                                     (iv) Turn the operation of the school
                                                                                                           the school with the option to transfer to              desegregation plan.
                                                  over to the SEA, if permitted under
                                                  State law and agreed to by the State.                    another public school served by the                       (3) If the desegregation plan forbids
                                                     (v) Any other major restructuring of a                LEA.                                                   the LEA from offering the transfer
                                                  school’s governance arrangement that                       (2) The LEA must offer this option,                  option required under paragraph (a)(1)
                                                  makes fundamental reforms, such as                       through the notice required in § 200.37,               of this section, the LEA must secure
                                                  significant changes in the school’s                      so that students may transfer in the                   appropriate changes to the plan to
                                                  staffing and governance, in order to                     school year following the school year in               permit compliance with paragraph (a)(1)
                                                  improve student academic achievement                     which the LEA administered the                         of this section.
                                                  in the school and that has substantial                   assessments that resulted in its                          (d) Capacity. An LEA may not use
                                                  promise of enabling the school to make                   identification of the school for                       lack of capacity to deny students the
                                                  AYP. The major restructuring of a                        improvement, corrective action, or                     option to transfer under paragraph (a)(1)
                                                  school’s governance may include                          restructuring.                                         of this section.
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  replacing the principal so long as this                    (3) The schools to which students                       (e) Priority. (1) In providing students
                                                  change is part of a broader reform effort.               may transfer under paragraph (a)(1) of                 the option to transfer to another public
                                                     (4) Provide to parents and teachers—                  this section—                                          school in accordance with paragraph
                                                     (i) Prompt notice that the LEA has                      (i) May not include schools that—                    (a)(1) of this section, the LEA must give
                                                  identified the school for restructuring;                   (A) The LEA has identified for                       priority to the lowest-achieving students
                                                  and                                                      improvement under § 200.32, corrective                 from low-income families.
                                                     (ii) An opportunity for parents and                   action under § 200.33, or restructuring                   (2) The LEA must determine family
                                                  teachers to—                                             under § 200.34; or                                     income on the same basis that the LEA


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                             31701

                                                  uses to make allocations to schools                      ■    34. Add § 200.45 to read as follows:              request for a waiver under paragraph
                                                  under subpart A of this part.                                                                                   (c)(4)(i) of this section, whether it
                                                     (f) Status. Any public school to which                § 200.45 Supplemental educational
                                                                                                                                                                  approves or disapproves the request
                                                                                                           services.
                                                  a student transfers under paragraph                                                                             and, if it disapproves, the reasons for
                                                  (a)(1) of this section must ensure that                     (a) Definition. ‘‘Supplemental                      the disapproval, in writing.
                                                  the student is enrolled in classes and                   educational services’’ means tutoring                     (iii) An LEA that receives a waiver
                                                  other activities in the school in the same               and other supplemental academic                        must renew its request for that waiver
                                                  manner as all other students in the                      enrichment services that are—                          on an annual basis.
                                                  school.                                                     (1) In addition to instruction provided
                                                                                                                                                                     (d) Priority. If the amount of funds
                                                     (g) Duration of transfer. (1) If a                    during the school day;
                                                                                                              (2) Specifically designed to—                       available for supplemental educational
                                                  student exercises the option under                                                                              services is insufficient to provide
                                                  paragraph (a)(1) of this section to                         (i) Increase the academic achievement
                                                                                                           of eligible students as measured by the                services to each student whose parents
                                                  transfer to another public school, the                                                                          request these services, the LEA must
                                                  LEA must permit the student to remain                    State’s assessment system; and
                                                                                                              (ii) Enable these children to attain                give priority to the lowest-achieving
                                                  in that school until the student has                                                                            students.
                                                                                                           proficiency in meeting State academic
                                                  completed the highest grade in the
                                                                                                           achievement standards; and                             (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)
                                                  school.                                                     (3) Of high quality and research-
                                                     (2) The LEA’s obligation to provide                                                                          ■   35. Add § 200.46 to read as follows:
                                                                                                           based.
                                                  transportation for the student may be                       (b) Eligibility. (1) Only students from
                                                  limited under the circumstances                                                                                 § 200.46 LEA responsibilities for
                                                                                                           low-income families are eligible for                   supplemental educational services.
                                                  described in paragraph (i) of this section               supplemental educational services.
                                                  and in § 200.48.                                                                                                   (a) If an LEA is required to make
                                                                                                              (2) The LEA must determine family                   available supplemental educational
                                                     (h) No eligible schools within an LEA.                income on the same basis that the LEA
                                                  If all public schools to which a student                                                                        services under § 200.39(b)(3),
                                                                                                           uses to make allocations to schools                    § 200.42(b)(3), or § 200.43(b)(2), the LEA
                                                  may transfer within an LEA are                           under subpart A of this part.
                                                  identified for school improvement,                                                                              must do the following:
                                                                                                              (c) Requirement. (1) If an LEA
                                                  corrective action, or restructuring, the                                                                           (1) Provide the annual notice to
                                                                                                           identifies a school for a second year of
                                                  LEA—                                                                                                            parents described in § 200.37(b)(5).
                                                                                                           improvement under § 200.32, corrective
                                                     (1) Must, to the extent practicable,                                                                            (2) If requested, assist parents in
                                                                                                           action under § 200.33, or restructuring
                                                  establish a cooperative agreement for a                                                                         choosing a provider from the list of
                                                                                                           under § 200.34, the LEA must arrange,
                                                  transfer with one or more other LEAs in                                                                         approved providers maintained by the
                                                                                                           consistent with paragraph (d) of this
                                                  the area; and                                            section, for each eligible student in the              SEA.
                                                     (2) May offer supplemental                                                                                      (3) Apply fair and equitable
                                                                                                           school to receive supplemental
                                                  educational services to eligible students                                                                       procedures for serving students if the
                                                                                                           educational services from a State-
                                                  under § 200.45 in schools in their first                                                                        number of spaces at approved providers
                                                                                                           approved provider selected by the
                                                  year of school improvement under                                                                                is not sufficient to serve all eligible
                                                                                                           student’s parents.
                                                  § 200.39.                                                   (2) Except as described in §§ 200.32(d)             students whose parents request services
                                                     (i) Transportation. (1) If a student                                                                         consistent with § 200.45.
                                                                                                           and 200.33(c), if a school was in school
                                                  exercises the option under paragraph                     improvement status for two or more                        (4) Ensure that eligible students with
                                                  (a)(1) of this section to transfer to                    consecutive school years or subject to                 disabilities under IDEA and students
                                                  another public school, the LEA must,                     corrective action on January 7, 2002, the              covered under Section 504 receive
                                                  consistent with § 200.48, provide or pay                 State must ensure that the LEA makes                   appropriate supplemental educational
                                                  for the student’s transportation to the                  available, consistent with paragraph (d)               services and accommodations in the
                                                  school.                                                  of this section, supplemental                          provision of those services.
                                                     (2) The limitation on funding in                                                                                (5) Ensure that eligible students who
                                                                                                           educational services to all eligible
                                                  § 200.48 applies only to the provision of                                                                       have limited English proficiency receive
                                                                                                           students not later than the first day of
                                                  choice-related transportation, and does                                                                         appropriate supplemental educational
                                                                                                           the 2002–2003 school year.
                                                  not affect in any way the basic                             (3) The LEA must, consistent with                   services and language assistance in the
                                                  obligation to provide an option to                       § 200.48, continue to make available                   provision of those services.
                                                  transfer as required by paragraph (a) of                 supplemental educational services to                      (6) Not disclose to the public, without
                                                  this section.                                            eligible students until the end of the                 the written permission of the student’s
                                                     (3) The LEA’s obligation to provide                                                                          parents, the identity of any student who
                                                                                                           school year in which the LEA is making
                                                  transportation for the student ends at                                                                          is eligible for, or receiving,
                                                                                                           those services available.
                                                  the end of the school year in which the                     (4)(i) At the request of an LEA, the                supplemental educational services.
                                                  school from which the student                            SEA may waive, in whole or in part, the                   (b)(1) In addition to meeting the
                                                  transferred is no longer identified by the               requirement that the LEA make                          requirements in paragraph (a) of this
                                                  LEA for school improvement, corrective                   available supplemental educational                     section, the LEA must enter into an
                                                  action, or restructuring.                                services if the SEA determines that—                   agreement with each provider selected
                                                     (j) Students with disabilities and                       (A) None of the providers of those                  by a parent or parents.
                                                  students covered under Section 504 of                    services on the list approved by the SEA                  (2) The agreement must—
                                                  the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section                  under § 200.47 makes those services                       (i) Require the LEA to develop, in
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  504). For students with disabilities                     available in the area served by the LEA                consultation with the parents and the
                                                  under the IDEA and students covered                      or within a reasonable distance of that                provider, a statement that includes—
                                                  under Section 504, the public school                     area; and                                                 (A) Specific achievement goals for the
                                                  choice option must provide a free                           (B) The LEA provides evidence that it               student;
                                                  appropriate public education as that                     is not otherwise able to make those                       (B) A description of how the student’s
                                                  term is defined in section 602(8) of the                 services available.                                    progress will be measured; and
                                                  IDEA or 34 CFR 104.33, respectively.                        (ii) The SEA must notify the LEA,                      (C) A timetable for improving
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)                              within 30 days of receiving the LEA’s                  achievement;


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31702                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                     (ii) Describe procedures for regularly                   (2) The per-child amount for                          (2) In order for the SEA to include a
                                                  informing the student’s parents and                      supplemental educational services                     provider on the State list, the provider
                                                  teachers of the student’s progress;                      calculated under § 200.48(c)(1).                      must agree to—
                                                     (iii) Provide for the termination of the                 (2) Consistent with paragraph (b) of                  (i)(A) Provide parents of each student
                                                  agreement if the provider is unable to                   this section, develop and apply to                    receiving supplemental educational
                                                  meet the goals and timetables specified                  potential providers objective criteria.               services and the appropriate LEA with
                                                  in the agreement;                                           (3)(i) Maintain by LEA an updated list             information on the progress of the
                                                     (iv) Specify how the LEA will pay the                 of approved providers, including any                  student in increasing achievement; and
                                                  provider; and                                            technology-based or distance-learning                    (B) This information must be in an
                                                     (v) Prohibit the provider from                        providers, from which parents may                     understandable and uniform format,
                                                  disclosing to the public, without the                    select; and                                           including alternative formats upon
                                                  written permission of the student’s                         (ii) Indicate on the list those providers          request, and, to the extent practicable,
                                                  parents, the identity of any student who                 that are able to serve students with                  in a language that the parents can
                                                  is eligible for, or receiving,                           disabilities or limited English proficient            understand;
                                                  supplemental educational services.                       students.                                                (ii) Ensure that the instruction the
                                                     (3) In the case of a student with                        (4) Consistent with paragraph (c) of               provider gives and the content the
                                                  disabilities under IDEA or a student                     this section, develop, implement, and                 provider uses—
                                                  covered under Section 504, the                           publicly report on standards and                         (A) Are consistent with the
                                                  provisions of the agreement referred to                  techniques for—                                       instruction provided and the content
                                                                                                              (i) Monitoring the quality and                     used by the LEA and the SEA;
                                                  in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section
                                                                                                           effectiveness of the services offered by                 (B) Are aligned with State academic
                                                  must be consistent with the student’s
                                                                                                           each approved provider;                               content and student academic
                                                  individualized education program                            (ii) Withdrawing approval from a
                                                  under section 614(d) of the IDEA or the                                                                        achievement standards;
                                                                                                           provider that fails, for two consecutive                 (C) Are of high quality, research-
                                                  student’s individualized services under                  years, to contribute to increasing the
                                                  Section 504.                                                                                                   based, and specifically designed to
                                                                                                           academic proficiency of students                      increase the academic achievement of
                                                     (4) The LEA may not pay the provider                  receiving supplemental educational
                                                  for religious worship or instruction.                                                                          eligible children; and
                                                                                                           services from that provider; and                         (D) Are secular, neutral, and
                                                     (c) If State law prohibits an SEA from                   (iii) Monitoring LEAs’
                                                  carrying out one or more of its                                                                                nonideological; and
                                                                                                           implementation of the supplemental                       (iii) Meet all applicable Federal, State,
                                                  responsibilities under § 200.47 with                     educational services requirements of the
                                                  respect to those who provide, or seek                                                                          and local health, safety, and civil rights
                                                                                                           Act and this part.                                    laws.
                                                  approval to provide, supplemental                           (5) Ensure that eligible students with
                                                  educational services, each LEA must                                                                               (3) In approving a provider, the SEA
                                                                                                           disabilities under IDEA and students                  must consider, at a minimum—
                                                  carry out those responsibilities with                    covered under Section 504 receive
                                                  respect to its students who are eligible                                                                          (i) Information from the provider on
                                                                                                           appropriate supplemental educational                  whether the provider has been removed
                                                  for those services.                                      services and accommodations in the                    from any State’s approved provider list;
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(e))                           provision of those services.                             (ii) Parent recommendations or results
                                                                                                              (6) Ensure that eligible students who
                                                  ■   36. Add § 200.47 to read as follows:                                                                       from parent surveys, if any, regarding
                                                                                                           have limited English proficiency receive
                                                                                                                                                                 the success of the provider’s
                                                  § 200.47 SEA responsibilities for                        appropriate supplemental educational
                                                                                                                                                                 instructional program in increasing
                                                  supplemental educational services.                       services and language assistance in the
                                                                                                                                                                 student achievement; and
                                                     (a) If one or more LEAs in a State are                provision of those services.
                                                                                                              (b) Standards for approving providers.                (iii) Evaluation results, if any,
                                                  required to make available                                                                                     demonstrating that the instructional
                                                  supplemental educational services                        (1) As used in this section and in
                                                                                                           § 200.46, ‘‘provider’’ means a non-profit             program has improved student
                                                  under § 200.39(b)(3), § 200.42(b)(3), or                                                                       achievement.
                                                  § 200.43(b)(2), the SEA for that State                   entity, a for-profit entity, an LEA, an
                                                                                                           educational service agency, a public                     (4) As a condition of approval, a State
                                                  must do the following:                                                                                         may not require a provider to hire only
                                                     (1)(i) In consultation with affected                  school, including a public charter
                                                                                                           school, or a private school that—                     staff who meet the requirements under
                                                  LEAs, parents, teachers, and other                                                                             §§ 200.55 and 200.56.
                                                                                                              (i) Has a demonstrated record of
                                                  interested members of the public,                                                                                 (c) Standards for monitoring
                                                                                                           effectiveness in increasing the academic
                                                  promote participation by as many                         achievement of students in subjects                   approved providers. To monitor the
                                                  providers as possible.                                   relevant to meeting the State’s academic              quality and effectiveness of services
                                                     (ii) This promotion must include—                     content and student achievement                       offered by an approved provider in
                                                     (A) Annual notice to potential                        standards described under § 200.1;                    order to inform the renewal or the
                                                  providers of—                                               (ii) Is capable of providing                       withdrawal of approval of the
                                                     (1) The opportunity to provide                        supplemental educational services that                provider—
                                                  supplemental educational services; and                   are consistent with the instructional                    (1) An SEA must examine, at a
                                                     (2) Procedures for obtaining the SEA’s                program of the LEA and with the State                 minimum, evidence that the provider’s
                                                  approval to be a provider of those                       academic content standards and State                  instructional program—
                                                  services; and                                            student achievement standards                            (i) Is consistent with the instruction
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                     (B) Posting on the SEA’s Web site, for                described under § 200.1;                              provided and the content used by the
                                                  each LEA—                                                   (iii) Is financially sound; and                    LEA and the SEA;
                                                     (1) The amount equal to 20 percent of                    (iv) In the case of—                                  (ii) Addresses students’ individual
                                                  the LEA’s Title I, Part A allocation                        (A) A public school, has not been                  needs as described in students’
                                                  available for choice-related                             identified under § 200.32, § 200.33, or               supplemental educational services plans
                                                  transportation and supplemental                          § 200.34; or                                          under § 200.46(b)(2)(i);
                                                  educational services, as required in                        (B) An LEA, has not been identified                   (iii) Has contributed to increasing
                                                  § 200.48(a)(2); and                                      under § 200.50(d) or (e).                             students’ academic proficiency; and


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                         31703

                                                     (iv) Is aligned with the State’s                         (C) The LEA may count in the amount                   (i) Meet, at a minimum, the following
                                                  academic content and student academic                    the LEA is required to spend under                    criteria:
                                                  achievement standards; and                               paragraph (a) of this section its costs for              (A) Partner, to the extent practicable,
                                                     (2) The SEA must also consider                        outreach and assistance to parents                    with outside groups, such as faith-based
                                                  information, if any, regarding—                          concerning their choice to transfer their             organizations, other community-based
                                                     (i) Parent recommendations or results                 child or to request supplemental                      organizations, and business groups, to
                                                  from parent surveys regarding the                        educational services, up to an amount                 help inform eligible students and their
                                                  success of the provider’s instructional                  equal to 0.2 percent of its allocation                families of the opportunities to transfer
                                                  program in increasing student                            under subpart 2 of part A of Title I of               or to receive supplemental educational
                                                  achievement; and                                         the Act.                                              services.
                                                     (ii) Evaluation results demonstrating                    (3) If the amount specified in                        (B) Ensure that eligible students and
                                                  that the instructional program has                       paragraph (a)(2) of this section is                   their parents have a genuine
                                                  improved student achievement.                            insufficient to pay all choice-related                opportunity to sign up to transfer or to
                                                                                                           transportation costs, or to meet the                  obtain supplemental educational
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(e))
                                                                                                           demand for supplemental educational                   services, including by—
                                                  § 200.47   [Amended]                                     services, the LEA may make available                     (1) Providing timely, accurate notice
                                                                                                           any additional needed funds from                      as required in §§ 200.36 and 200.37;
                                                  ■ 37. Remove the undesignated center                                                                              (2) Ensuring that sign-up forms for
                                                  heading ‘‘Local Educational Agency                       Federal, State, or local sources.
                                                                                                              (4) To assist an LEA that does not                 supplemental educational services are
                                                  Plans’’ following § 200.47.                                                                                    distributed directly to all eligible
                                                                                                           have sufficient funds to make available
                                                  ■ 38. Revise § 200.48 to read as follows:                                                                      students and their parents and are made
                                                                                                           supplemental educational services to all
                                                  § 200.48 Funding for choice-related                      students requesting these services, an                widely available and accessible through
                                                  transportation and supplemental                          SEA may use funds that it reserves                    broad means of dissemination, such as
                                                  educational services.                                    under part A of Title I and part A of                 the internet, other media, and
                                                     (a) Amounts required. (1) To pay for                  Title V of the ESEA.                                  communications through public
                                                  choice-related transportation and                           (b) Cap on school-level reduction. (1)             agencies serving eligible students and
                                                  supplemental educational services                        An LEA may not, in applying paragraph                 their families; and
                                                                                                           (a) of this section, reduce by more than                 (3) Providing a minimum of two
                                                  required under section 1116 of the
                                                                                                           15 percent the total amount it makes                  enrollment ‘‘windows,’’ at separate
                                                  ESEA, an LEA may use—
                                                                                                           available under subpart A of this part to             points in the school year, that are of
                                                     (i) Funds allocated under subpart A of
                                                                                                           a school it has identified for corrective             sufficient length to enable parents of
                                                  this part;
                                                                                                           action or restructuring.                              eligible students to make informed
                                                     (ii) Funds, where allowable, from
                                                                                                              (2) [Reserved]                                     decisions about requesting
                                                  other Federal education programs; and
                                                                                                              (c) Per-child funding for supplemental             supplemental educational services and
                                                     (iii) State, local, or private resources.
                                                                                                           educational services. For each student                selecting a provider.
                                                     (2) Unless a lesser amount is needed,                                                                          (C) Ensure that eligible supplemental
                                                  the LEA must spend an amount equal to                    receiving supplemental educational
                                                                                                                                                                 educational services providers are given
                                                  20 percent of its allocation under                       services under § 200.45, the LEA must
                                                                                                                                                                 access to school facilities, using a fair,
                                                  subpart A of this part (‘‘20 percent                     make available the lesser of—
                                                                                                                                                                 open, and objective process, on the
                                                  obligation’’) to—                                           (1) The amount of its allocation under
                                                                                                                                                                 same basis and terms as are available to
                                                     (i) Provide, or pay for, transportation               subpart A of this part, divided by the
                                                                                                                                                                 other groups that seek access to school
                                                  of students exercising a choice option                   number of students from families below
                                                                                                                                                                 facilities;
                                                  under § 200.44;                                          the poverty level, as counted under                      (ii) Maintain records that demonstrate
                                                     (ii) Satisfy all requests for                         section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the ESEA; or                 the LEA has met the criteria in
                                                  supplemental educational services                           (2) The actual costs of the                        paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section; and
                                                  under § 200.45; or                                       supplemental educational services                        (iii) Notify the SEA that the LEA—
                                                     (iii) Pay for both paragraph (a)(2)(i)                received by the student.                                 (A) Has met the criteria in paragraph
                                                  and (ii) of this section, except that—                      (d) Unexpended funds for choice-                   (d)(2)(i) of this section; and
                                                     (A) The LEA must spend a minimum                      related transportation and                               (B) Intends to spend the remainder of
                                                  of an amount equal to 5 percent of its                   supplemental educational services.                    its 20 percent obligation on other
                                                  allocation under subpart A of this part                  (1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph                allowable activities, specifying the
                                                  on transportation under paragraph                        (d)(2) of this section, if an LEA does not            amount of that remainder.
                                                  (a)(2)(i) of this section and an amount                  meet its 20 percent obligation in a given                (3)(i) Except as provided in paragraph
                                                  equal to 5 percent of its allocation under               school year, the LEA must spend the                   (d)(3)(ii) of this section, an SEA must
                                                  subpart A of this part for supplemental                  unexpended amount in the subsequent                   ensure an LEA’s compliance with
                                                  educational services under paragraph                     school year on choice-related                         paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section
                                                  (a)(2)(ii) of this section, unless lesser                transportation costs, supplemental                    through its regular monitoring process.
                                                  amounts are needed to meet the                           educational services, or parent outreach                 (ii)(A) In addition to its regular
                                                  requirements of §§ 200.44 and 200.45;                    and assistance (consistent with                       monitoring process, an SEA must
                                                     (B) Except as provided in paragraph                   paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(C) of this section).            review any LEA that—
                                                  (a)(2)(iii)(C) of this section, the LEA may                 (ii) The LEA must spend the                           (1) The SEA determines has spent a
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  not include costs for administration or                  unexpended amount under paragraph                     significant portion of its 20 percent
                                                  transportation incurred in providing                     (d)(1)(i) of this section in addition to the          obligation for other activities under
                                                  supplemental educational services, or                    amount it is required to spend to meet                paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B) of this section;
                                                  administrative costs associated with the                 its 20 percent obligation in the                      and
                                                  provision of public school choice                        subsequent school year.                                  (2) Has been the subject of multiple
                                                  options under § 200.44, in the amounts                      (2) To spend less than the amount                  complaints, supported by credible
                                                  required under paragraph (a)(2) of this                  needed to meet its 20 percent obligation,             evidence, regarding implementation of
                                                  section; and                                             an LEA must—                                          the public school choice or


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31704                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  supplemental educational services                          (iii) Provide technical assistance to               Secretary of Education of major factors
                                                  requirements; and                                        LEAs that the SEA has identified for                  that have been brought to the SEA’s
                                                     (B) The SEA must complete its review                  improvement or corrective action in                   attention under section 1111(b)(9) of the
                                                  by the beginning of the next school year.                accordance with § 200.50.                             ESEA that have significantly affected
                                                     (4)(i) If an SEA determines under                       (2) Of the amount it reserves under                 student academic achievement in
                                                  paragraph (d)(3) of this section that an                 paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the SEA             schools and LEAs identified for
                                                  LEA has failed to meet any of the                        must—                                                 improvement within the State.
                                                  criteria in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this                    (i) Allocate not less than 95 percent               (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311 and 6316)
                                                  section, the LEA must—                                   directly to LEAs serving schools
                                                     (A) Spend an amount equal to the                      identified for improvement, corrective                ■   40. Add § 200.50 to read as follows:
                                                  remainder specified in paragraph                         action, and restructuring to support                  § 200.50    SEA review of LEA progress.
                                                  (d)(2)(iii)(B) of this section in the                    improvement activities; or
                                                  subsequent school year, in addition to                     (ii) With the approval of the LEA,                    (a) State review. (1) An SEA must
                                                  its 20 percent obligation for that year, on              directly provide for these improvement                annually review the progress of each
                                                  choice-related transportation costs,                     activities or arrange to provide them                 LEA in its State that receives funds
                                                  supplemental educational services, or                    through such entities as school support               under subpart A of this part to
                                                  parent outreach and assistance; or                       teams or educational service agencies.                determine whether—
                                                     (B) Meet the criteria in paragraph                      (3) In providing assistance to LEAs                    (i) The LEA’s schools served under
                                                  (d)(2)(i) of this section and obtain                     under paragraph (b)(2) of this section,               this part are making AYP, as defined
                                                  permission from the SEA before                           the SEA must give priority to LEAs                    under §§ 200.13 through 200.20, toward
                                                  spending less in that subsequent school                  that—                                                 meeting the State’s student academic
                                                  year than the amount required by                           (i) Serve the lowest-achieving schools;             achievement standards; and
                                                  paragraph (d)(4)(i)(A) of this section.                    (ii) Demonstrate the greatest need for                 (ii) The LEA is carrying out its
                                                     (ii) The SEA may not grant permission                 this assistance; and                                  responsibilities under this part with
                                                  to the LEA under paragraph (d)(4)(i)(B)                    (iii) Demonstrate the strongest                     respect to school improvement,
                                                  of this section unless the SEA has                       commitment to ensuring that this                      technical assistance, parental
                                                  confirmed the LEA’s compliance with                      assistance will be used to enable the                 involvement, and professional
                                                  paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section for                  lowest-achieving schools to meet the                  development.
                                                  that subsequent school year.                             progress goals in the school                             (2) In reviewing the progress of an
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316)                              improvement plans under § 200.41.                     LEA, the SEA may, in the case of
                                                                                                             (c) Technical assistance. The SEA                   targeted assistance schools served by the
                                                  ■   39. Add § 200.49 to read as follows:                                                                       LEA, consider the progress only of the
                                                                                                           must make technical assistance
                                                  § 200.49 SEA responsibilities for school                 available, through the statewide system               students served or eligible for services
                                                  improvement, corrective action, and                      of support and improvement required                   under this subpart, provided the
                                                  restructuring.                                           by section 1117 of the ESEA, to schools               students selected for services in such
                                                     (a) Transition requirements for public                that LEAs have identified for                         schools are those with the greatest need
                                                  school choice and supplemental                           improvement, corrective action, or                    for special assistance, consistent with
                                                  educational services. (1) Except as                      restructuring.                                        the requirements of section 1115 of the
                                                  described in §§ 200.32(d) and 200.33(c),                   (d) LEA failure. If the SEA determines              ESEA.
                                                  if a school was in school improvement                    that an LEA has failed to carry out its                  (b) Rewards. If an LEA has exceeded
                                                  or subject to corrective action on                       responsibilities with respect to school               AYP as defined under §§ 200.13 through
                                                  January 7, 2002, the SEA must ensure                     improvement, corrective action, or                    200.20 for two consecutive years, the
                                                  that the LEA for that school provides                    restructuring, the SEA must take the                  SEA may—
                                                  public school choice in accordance with                  actions it determines to be appropriate                  (1) Reserve funds in accordance with
                                                  § 200.44 not later than the first day of                 and in compliance with State law.                     § 200.100(c); and
                                                  the 2002–2003 school year.                                 (e) Assessment results. (1) The SEA                    (2) Make rewards of the kinds
                                                     (2) Except as described in §§ 200.32(d)               must ensure that the results of academic              described under section 1117 of the
                                                  and 200.33(c), if a school was in school                 assessments administered as part of the               ESEA.
                                                  improvement status for two or more                       State assessment system in a given                       (c) Opportunity for review of LEA-
                                                  consecutive school years or subject to                   school year are available to LEAs before              level data. (1) Before identifying an LEA
                                                  corrective action on January 7, 2002, the                the beginning of the next school year                 for improvement or corrective action,
                                                  SEA must ensure that the LEA for that                    and in such time as to allow for the                  the SEA must provide the LEA with an
                                                  school makes available supplemental                      identification described in                           opportunity to review the data,
                                                  educational services in accordance with                  § 200.32(a)(2).                                       including academic assessment data, on
                                                  § 200.45 not later than the first day of                   (2) The SEA must provide the results                which the SEA has based the proposed
                                                  the 2002–2003 school year.                               described in paragraph (e)(1) of this                 identification.
                                                     (b) State reservation of funds for                    section to a school before an LEA may                    (2)(i) If the LEA believes that the
                                                  school improvement. (1) In accordance                    identify the school for school                        proposed identification is in error for
                                                  with § 200.100(a), an SEA must reserve                   improvement under § 200.32, corrective                statistical or other substantive reasons,
                                                  2 percent of the amount it receives                      action under § 200.33, or restructuring               the LEA may provide supporting
                                                  under this part for fiscal years 2002 and                under § 200.34.                                       evidence to the SEA.
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  2003, and 4 percent of the amount it                       (f) Accountability for charter schools.                (ii) The SEA must consider the
                                                  receives under this part for fiscal years                The accountability provisions under                   evidence before making a final
                                                  2004 through 2007, to—                                   section 1116 of the ESEA must be                      determination not later than 30 days
                                                     (i) Support local school improvement                  overseen for charter schools in                       after it has provided the LEA with the
                                                  activities;                                              accordance with State charter school                  opportunity to review the data under
                                                     (ii) Provide technical assistance to                  law.                                                  paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
                                                  schools identified for improvement,                        (g) Factors affecting student                          (d) Identification for improvement.
                                                  corrective action, or restructuring; and                 achievement. The SEA must notify the                  (1)(i) The SEA must identify for


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                            31705

                                                  improvement an LEA that, for two                         during the 2001–2002 school year, it                   media, and public agencies serving the
                                                  consecutive years, including the period                  makes AYP for a second consecutive                     student population and their families.
                                                  immediately before January 8, 2002,                      year.                                                    (3) All communications must respect
                                                  fails to make AYP as defined in the                         (f) Delay of corrective action. (1) The             the privacy of students and their
                                                  SEA’s plan under section 1111(b)(2) of                   SEA may delay implementation of                        families.
                                                  the ESEA.                                                corrective action under § 200.53 for a                   (b) Results of review. The SEA must
                                                     (ii) In identifying LEAs for                          period not to exceed one year if—                      promptly publicize and disseminate to
                                                  improvement, an SEA—                                        (i) The LEA makes AYP for one year;                 the LEAs, teachers and other staff, the
                                                     (A) May base identification on                        or                                                     parents of each student enrolled in a
                                                  whether an LEA did not make AYP                             (ii) The LEA’s failure to make AYP is               school served by the LEA, students, and
                                                  because it did not meet the annual                       due to exceptional or uncontrollable                   the community the results of its review
                                                  measurable objectives for the same                       circumstances, such as a natural disaster              under § 200.50, including statistically
                                                  subject or meet the same other academic                  or a precipitous and unforeseen decline                sound disaggregated results in
                                                  indicator for two consecutive years; but                 in the LEA’s financial resources.                      accordance with §§ 200.2 and 200.7.
                                                     (B) May not limit identification to                      (2)(i) The SEA may not take into                      (c) Identification for improvement or
                                                  those LEAs that did not make AYP only                    account the period of delay referred to                corrective action. If the SEA identifies
                                                  because they did not meet the annual                     in paragraph (f)(1) of this section in                 an LEA for improvement or subjects the
                                                  measurable objectives for the same                       determining the number of consecutive                  LEA to corrective action, the SEA must
                                                  subject or meet the same other academic                  years the LEA has failed to make AYP;                  promptly provide to the parents of each
                                                  indicator for the same subgroup under                    and                                                    student enrolled in a school served by
                                                  § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) for two consecutive                      (ii) The SEA must subject the LEA to                the LEA—
                                                  years.                                                   further actions following the period of                  (1) The reasons for the identification;
                                                     (2) The SEA must identify for                         delay as if the delay never occurred.                  and
                                                  improvement an LEA that was in                              (g) Continuation of public school                     (2) An explanation of how parents can
                                                  improvement status on January 7, 2002.                   choice and supplemental educational                    participate in improving the LEA.
                                                     (3)(i) The SEA may identify an LEA                    services. An SEA must ensure that an                     (d) Information about action taken. (1)
                                                  for improvement if, on the basis of                      LEA identified under paragraph (d) or                  The SEA must publish, and disseminate
                                                  assessments the LEA administers during                   (e) of this section continues to offer                 to the parents of each student enrolled
                                                  the 2001–2002 school year, the LEA                       public school choice in accordance with                in a school served by the LEA and to the
                                                  fails to make AYP for a second                           § 200.44 and supplemental educational                  public, information on any corrective
                                                  consecutive year.                                        services in accordance with § 200.45.                  action the SEA takes under § 200.53.
                                                     (ii) An SEA that does not identify                       (h) Removal from improvement or                       (2) The SEA must provide this
                                                  such an LEA for improvement, however,                    corrective action status. If an LEA                    information—
                                                  must count the 2001–2002 school year                     makes AYP for two consecutive years                      (i) In a uniform and understandable
                                                  as the first year of not making AYP for                  following identification for                           format, including alternative formats
                                                  the purpose of subsequent identification                 improvement under paragraph (d) or                     upon request; and
                                                  decisions under paragraph (d)(1) of this                 corrective action under paragraph (e) of                 (ii) To the extent practicable, in a
                                                  section.                                                 this section, the SEA need no longer—                  language that parents can understand.
                                                     (4) The SEA may remove an LEA from                       (1) Identify the LEA for improvement;                 (3) The SEA must disseminate the
                                                  improvement status if, on the basis of                   or                                                     information through such means as the
                                                  assessments the LEA administers during                      (2) Subject the LEA to corrective
                                                                                                                                                                  internet, the media, and public agencies.
                                                  the 2001–2002 school year, the LEA                       action for the succeeding school year.
                                                                                                                                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(c))
                                                  makes AYP for a second consecutive                       (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(c))
                                                  year.                                                                                                           ■   42. Add § 200.52 to read as follows:
                                                                                                           ■    41. Add § 200.51 to read as follows:
                                                     (e) Identification for corrective action.
                                                                                                                                                                  § 200.52    LEA improvement.
                                                  After providing technical assistance                     § 200.51    Notice of SEA action.
                                                  under § 200.52(b), the SEA—                                (a) In general. (1) An SEA must—                        (a) Improvement plan. (1) Not later
                                                     (1) May take corrective action at any                   (i) Communicate with parents                         than 3 months after an SEA has
                                                  time with respect to an LEA that the                     throughout the review of an LEA under                  identified an LEA for improvement
                                                  SEA has identified for improvement                       § 200.50; and                                          under § 200.50(d), the LEA must
                                                  under paragraph (d) of this section;                       (ii) Ensure that, regardless of the                  develop or revise an LEA improvement
                                                     (2) Must take corrective action—                      method or media used, it provides                      plan.
                                                     (i) With respect to an LEA that fails                 information to parents—                                   (2) The LEA must consult with
                                                  to make AYP, as defined under                              (A) In an understandable and uniform                 parents, school staff, and others in
                                                  §§ 200.13 through 200.20, by the end of                  format, including alternative formats                  developing or revising its improvement
                                                  the second full school year following                    upon request; and                                      plan.
                                                  the year in which the LEA administered                     (B) To the extent practicable, in a                     (3) The LEA improvement plan
                                                  the assessments that resulted in the                     language that parents can understand.                  must—
                                                  LEA’s failure to make AYP for a second                     (2) The SEA must provide information                    (i) Incorporate strategies, grounded in
                                                  consecutive year and led to the SEA’s                    to the parents of each student enrolled                scientifically based research, that will
                                                  identification of the LEA for                            in a school served by the LEA—                         strengthen instruction in core academic
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  improvement under paragraph (d) of                         (i) Directly, through such means as                  subjects in schools served by the LEA;
                                                  this section; and                                        regular mail or email, except that if an                  (ii) Identify actions that have the
                                                     (ii) With respect to an LEA that was                  SEA does not have access to individual                 greatest likelihood of improving the
                                                  in corrective action status on January 7,                student addresses, it may provide                      achievement of participating children in
                                                  2002; and                                                information to the LEA or school for                   meeting the State’s student academic
                                                     (3) May remove an LEA from                            distribution to parents; and                           achievement standards;
                                                  corrective action if, on the basis of                      (ii) Through broader means of                           (iii) Address the professional
                                                  assessments administered by the LEA                      dissemination such as the internet, the                development needs of the instructional


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31706                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  staff serving the LEA by committing to                     (i) Be supported by effective methods                place of the superintendent and school
                                                  spend for professional development not                   and instructional strategies grounded in               board.
                                                  less than 10 percent of the funds                        scientifically based research; and                        (vi) Abolish or restructure the LEA.
                                                  received by the LEA under subpart A of                     (ii) Address problems, if any, in                       (vii) In conjunction with at least one
                                                  this part for each fiscal year in which                  implementing the parental involvement                  other action in paragraph (c)(2) of this
                                                  the SEA identifies the LEA for                           and professional development activities                section—
                                                  improvement. These funds—                                described in sections 1118 and 1119,                      (A) Authorize students to transfer
                                                     (A) May include funds reserved by                     respectively, of the ESEA.                             from a school operated by the LEA to a
                                                  schools for professional development                     (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(c))                         higher-performing public school
                                                  under § 200.41(c)(5); but                                                                                       operated by another LEA in accordance
                                                     (B) May not include funds reserved                    ■    43. Add § 200.53 to read as follows:              with § 200.44, and
                                                  for professional development under                       § 200.53    LEA corrective action.                        (B) Provide to these students
                                                  section 1119 of the ESEA;                                                                                       transportation, or the costs of
                                                     (iv) Include specific measurable                        (a) Definition. For the purposes of this
                                                                                                                                                                  transportation, to the other school
                                                  achievement goals and targets—                           section, the term ‘‘corrective action’’
                                                                                                                                                                  consistent with § 200.44(h).
                                                     (A) For each of the groups of students                means action by an SEA that—
                                                                                                             (1) Substantially and directly                       (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6316(c)(10))
                                                  under § 200.13(b)(7); and
                                                     (B) That are consistent with AYP as                   responds to—                                           § 200.54    [Amended]
                                                  defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20;                    (i) The consistent academic failure
                                                                                                           that caused the SEA to identify an LEA                 ■ 44. Revise the undesignated center
                                                     (v) Address—
                                                                                                           for corrective action; and                             heading following reserved § 200.54 to
                                                     (A) The fundamental teaching and
                                                                                                             (ii) Any underlying staffing,                        read as follows:
                                                  learning needs in the schools of the
                                                  LEA; and                                                 curriculum, or other problems in the                   Qualifications of Teachers and
                                                     (B) The specific academic problems of                 LEA;                                                   Paraprofessionals
                                                  low-achieving students, including a                        (2) Is designed to meet the goal that
                                                  determination of why the LEA’s                           each group of students described in                    ■   45. Revise § 200.55 to read as follows:
                                                  previous plan failed to bring about                      § 200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the LEA’s
                                                                                                           schools will meet or exceed the State’s                § 200.55    Qualifications of teachers.
                                                  increased student academic
                                                  achievement;                                             proficient levels of achievement as                       (a) Newly hired teachers in Title I
                                                     (vi) As appropriate, incorporate                      measured by the State assessment                       programs. (1) An LEA must ensure that
                                                  activities before school, after school,                  system; and                                            all teachers hired after the first day of
                                                  during the summer, and during any                          (3) Is consistent with State law.                    the 2002–2003 school year who teach
                                                  extension of the school year;                              (b) Notice and hearing. Before                       core academic subjects in a program
                                                     (vii) Specify the responsibilities of the             implementing any corrective action                     supported with funds under subpart A
                                                  SEA and LEA under the plan, including                    under paragraph (c) of this section, the               of this part are highly qualified as
                                                  the technical assistance the SEA must                    SEA must provide notice and a hearing                  defined in § 200.56.
                                                  provide under paragraph (b) of this                      to the affected LEA—if State law                          (2) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(1)
                                                  section and the LEA’s responsibilities                   provides for this notice and hearing—                  of this section, a teacher teaching in a
                                                  under section 1120A of the ESEA; and                     not later than 45 days following the                   program supported with funds under
                                                     (viii) Include strategies to promote                  decision to take corrective action.                    subpart A of this part is—
                                                  effective parental involvement in the                      (c) Requirements. If the SEA identifies                 (i) A teacher in a targeted assisted
                                                  schools served by the LEA.                               an LEA for corrective action, the SEA                  school who is paid with funds under
                                                     (4) The LEA must implement the                        must do the following:                                 subpart A of this part;
                                                  improvement plan—including any                              (1) Continue to make available                         (ii) A teacher in a schoolwide program
                                                  revised plan—expeditiously, but not                      technical assistance to the LEA.                       school; or
                                                  later than the beginning of the school                      (2) Take at least one of the following                 (iii) A teacher employed by an LEA
                                                  year following the year in which the                     corrective actions:                                    with funds under subpart A of this part
                                                  LEA administered the assessments that                       (i) Defer programmatic funds or                     to provide services to eligible private
                                                  resulted in the LEA’s failure to make                    reduce administrative funds.                           school students under § 200.62.
                                                  AYP for a second consecutive year and                       (ii) Institute and fully implement a                   (b) All teachers of core academic
                                                  led to the SEA’s identification of the                   new curriculum based on State and                      subjects. (1) Not later than the end of the
                                                  LEA for improvement under § 200.50(d).                   local content and academic achievement                 2005–2006 school year, each State that
                                                     (b) SEA technical assistance. (1) An                  standards, including the provision of                  receives funds under subpart A of this
                                                  SEA that identifies an LEA for                           appropriate professional development                   part, and each LEA in that State, must
                                                  improvement under § 200.50(d) must, if                   for all relevant staff that—                           ensure that all public elementary and
                                                  requested, provide or arrange for the                       (A) Is grounded in scientifically based             secondary school teachers in the State
                                                  provision of technical or other                          research; and                                          who teach core academic subjects,
                                                  assistance to the LEA, as authorized                        (B) Offers substantial promise of                   including teachers employed by an LEA
                                                  under section 1117 of the ESEA.                          improving educational achievement for                  to provide services to eligible private
                                                     (2) The purpose of the technical                      low-achieving students.                                school students under § 200.62, are
                                                  assistance is to better enable the LEA                      (iii) Replace the LEA personnel who                 highly qualified as defined in § 200.56.
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  to—                                                      are relevant to the failure to make AYP.                  (2) A teacher who does not teach a
                                                     (i) Develop and implement its                            (iv) Remove particular schools from                 core academic subject—such as some
                                                  improvement plan; and                                    the jurisdiction of the LEA and establish              vocational education teachers—is not
                                                     (ii) Work with schools needing                        alternative arrangements for public                    required to meet the requirements in
                                                  improvement.                                             governance and supervision of these                    § 200.56.
                                                     (3) The technical assistance provided                 schools.                                                  (c) Definition. The term ‘‘core
                                                  by the SEA or an entity authorized by                       (v) Appoint a receiver or trustee to                academic subjects’’ means English,
                                                  the SEA must—                                            administer the affairs of the LEA in                   reading or language arts, mathematics,


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                                31707

                                                  science, foreign languages, civics and                      (b) Teachers new to the profession. A                  (A) Highly qualified teachers at each
                                                  government, economics, arts, history,                    teacher covered under § 200.55 who is                  LEA and school; and
                                                  and geography.                                           new to the profession also must—                          (B) Teachers who are receiving high-
                                                    (d) Private school teachers. The                          (1) Hold at least a bachelor’s degree;              quality professional development to
                                                  requirements in this section do not                      and                                                    enable them to become highly qualified
                                                  apply to teachers hired by private                          (2) At the public elementary school                 and effective classroom teachers;
                                                  elementary and secondary schools.                        level, demonstrate, by passing a rigorous                 (ii) Describe the strategies the State
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6319; 7801(11))                    State test (which may consist of passing               will use to—
                                                                                                           a State certification or licensing test),                 (A) Help LEAs and schools meet the
                                                  ■   46. Revise § 200.56 to read as follows:              subject knowledge and teaching skills in               requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this
                                                  § 200.56 Definition of ‘‘highly qualified                reading/language arts, writing,                        section; and
                                                  teacher.’’                                               mathematics, and other areas of the                       (B) Monitor the progress of LEAs and
                                                                                                           basic elementary school curriculum; or                 schools in meeting these requirements;
                                                     A teacher described in § 200.55(a) and
                                                                                                              (3) At the public middle and high                   and
                                                  (b)(1) is a ‘‘highly qualified teacher’’ if                                                                        (iii) Until the SEA fully complies with
                                                  the teacher meets the requirements in                    school levels, demonstrate a high level
                                                                                                           of competency by—                                      paragraph (a)(1) of this section, describe
                                                  paragraph (a) and paragraphs (b), (c), or                                                                       the specific steps the SEA will take to—
                                                  (d) of this section.                                        (i) Passing a rigorous State test in each
                                                                                                           academic subject in which the teacher                     (A) Ensure that Title I schools provide
                                                     (a) In general. (1) Except as provided                                                                       instruction by highly qualified teachers,
                                                  in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a                   teaches (which may consist of passing a
                                                                                                           State certification or licensing test in               including steps that the SEA will take
                                                  teacher covered under § 200.55 must—                                                                            to ensure that minority children and
                                                     (i) Have obtained full State                          each of these subjects); or
                                                                                                              (ii) Successfully completing in each                children from low-income families are
                                                  certification as a teacher, which may
                                                                                                           academic subject in which the teacher                  not taught at higher rates than other
                                                  include certification obtained through
                                                                                                           teaches—                                               children by inexperienced, unqualified,
                                                  alternative routes to certification; or
                                                                                                              (A) An undergraduate major;                         or out-of-field teachers; and
                                                     (ii)(A) Have passed the State teacher
                                                                                                              (B) A graduate degree;                                 (B) Evaluate and publicly report the
                                                  licensing examination; and
                                                                                                              (C) Coursework equivalent to an                     progress of the SEA with respect to
                                                     (B) Hold a license to teach in the
                                                                                                           undergraduate major; or                                these steps.
                                                  State.                                                                                                             (3) The State’s plan may include other
                                                     (2) A teacher meets the requirement in                   (D) Advanced certification or
                                                                                                                                                                  measures that the State determines are
                                                  paragraph (a)(1) of this section if the                  credentialing.
                                                                                                              (c) Teachers not new to the                         appropriate to increase teacher
                                                  teacher—
                                                     (i) Has fulfilled the State’s                         profession. A teacher covered under                    qualifications.
                                                                                                                                                                     (b) Local plan. An LEA that receives
                                                  certification and licensure requirements                 § 200.55 who is not new to the
                                                                                                                                                                  funds under subpart A of this part must
                                                  applicable to the years of experience the                profession also must—
                                                                                                                                                                  develop, as part of its local plan under
                                                  teacher possesses; or                                       (1) Hold at least a bachelor’s degree;
                                                     (ii) Is participating in an alternative                                                                      section 1112 of the ESEA, a plan to
                                                                                                           and
                                                  route to certification program under                                                                            ensure that—
                                                                                                              (2)(i) Meet the applicable                             (1) All public elementary and
                                                  which—                                                   requirements in paragraph (b)(2) or (3)
                                                     (A) The teacher—                                                                                             secondary school teachers in the LEA
                                                                                                           of this section; or                                    who teach core academic subjects,
                                                     (1) Receives high-quality professional                   (ii) Based on a high, objective,
                                                  development that is sustained,                                                                                  including teachers employed by the
                                                                                                           uniform State standard of evaluation in
                                                  intensive, and classroom-focused in                                                                             LEA to provide services to eligible
                                                                                                           accordance with section 9101(23)(C)(ii)
                                                  order to have a positive and lasting                                                                            private school students under § 200.62,
                                                                                                           of the ESEA, demonstrate competency
                                                  impact on classroom instruction, before                                                                         are highly qualified not later than the
                                                                                                           in each academic subject in which the
                                                  and while teaching;                                                                                             end of the 2005–2006 school year; and
                                                                                                           teacher teaches.                                          (2) Through incentives for voluntary
                                                     (2) Participates in a program of                         (d) A special education teacher is a
                                                  intensive supervision that consists of                                                                          transfers, professional development,
                                                                                                           ‘‘highly qualified teacher’’ under the Act             recruitment programs, or other effective
                                                  structured guidance and regular ongoing                  if the teacher meets the requirements for
                                                  support for teachers or a teacher                                                                               strategies, minority students and
                                                                                                           a ‘‘highly qualified special education                 students from low-income families are
                                                  mentoring program;                                       teacher’’ in 34 CFR 300.18.
                                                     (3) Assumes functions as a teacher                                                                           not taught at higher rates than other
                                                  only for a specified period of time not                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(10); 7801(23))              students by unqualified, out-of-field, or
                                                  to exceed three years; and                               ■    47. Revise § 200.57 to read as follows:           inexperienced teachers.
                                                     (4) Demonstrates satisfactory progress                                                                       (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(8)(C),
                                                  toward full certification as prescribed by               § 200.57    Plans to increase teacher quality.         6312(c)(1)(I), (L); 6319(a)(2)–(3); 7801(34))
                                                  the State; and                                             (a) State plan. (1) A State that receives            ■   48. Revise § 200.58 to read as follows:
                                                     (B) The State ensures, through its                    funds under subpart A of this part must
                                                  certification and licensure process, that                develop, as part of its State plan under               § 200.58 Qualifications of
                                                  the provisions in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of                section 1111 of the ESEA, a plan to                    paraprofessionals.
                                                  this section are met.                                    ensure that all public elementary and                     (a) Applicability. (1) An LEA must
                                                     (3) A teacher teaching in a public                    secondary school teachers in the State                 ensure that each paraprofessional who
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  charter school in a State must meet the                  who teach core academic subjects are                   is hired by the LEA and who works in
                                                  certification and licensure requirements,                highly qualified not later than the end                a program supported with funds under
                                                  if any, contained in the State’s charter                 of the 2005–2006 school year.                          subpart A of this part meets the
                                                  school law.                                                (2) The State’s plan must—                           requirements in paragraph (b) of this
                                                     (4) If a teacher has had certification or               (i) Establish annual measurable                      section and, except as provided in
                                                  licensure requirements waived on an                      objectives for each LEA and school that                paragraph (e) of this section, the
                                                  emergency, temporary, or provisional                     include, at a minimum, an annual                       requirements in either paragraph (c) or
                                                  basis, the teacher is not highly qualified.              increase in the percentage of—                         (d) of this section.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31708                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                     (2) For the purpose of this section, the                (2) Has instructional-support duties                 teachers and paraprofessionals meet the
                                                  term ‘‘paraprofessional’’—                               that consist solely of conducting                      requirements of §§ 200.56 and 200.58:
                                                     (i) Means an individual who provides                  parental involvement activities.                          (i) For each of fiscal years 2002 and
                                                  instructional support consistent with                    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6319(c)–(f))                     2003, the LEA must use not less than 5
                                                  § 200.59; and                                                                                                   percent or more than 10 percent of the
                                                     (ii) Does not include individuals who                 ■    49. Revise § 200.59 to read as follows:           funds it receives under subpart A of this
                                                  have only non-instructional duties (such                                                                        part.
                                                                                                           § 200.59    Duties of paraprofessionals.
                                                  as providing technical support for                                                                                 (ii) For each fiscal year after 2003, the
                                                  computers, providing personal care                          (a) A paraprofessional covered under
                                                                                                           § 200.58 may not be assigned a duty                    LEA must use not less than 5 percent of
                                                  services, or performing clerical duties).                                                                       the funds it receives under subpart A of
                                                     (3) For the purpose of paragraph (a) of               inconsistent with paragraph (b) of this
                                                                                                           section.                                               this part.
                                                  this section, a paraprofessional working
                                                                                                              (b) A paraprofessional covered under                   (2) An LEA is not required to spend
                                                  in ‘‘a program supported with funds
                                                                                                           § 200.58 may perform the following                     the amount required in paragraph (a)(1)
                                                  under subpart A of this part’’ is—
                                                     (i) A paraprofessional in a targeted                  instructional support duties:                          of this section for a given fiscal year if
                                                  assisted school who is paid with funds                      (1) One-on-one tutoring for eligible                a lesser amount is sufficient to ensure
                                                  under subpart A of this part;                            students if the tutoring is scheduled at               that the LEA’s teachers and
                                                     (ii) A paraprofessional in a                          a time when a student would not                        paraprofessionals meet the requirements
                                                  schoolwide program school; or                            otherwise receive instruction from a                   in §§ 200.56 and 200.58, respectively.
                                                     (iii) A paraprofessional employed by                  teacher.                                                  (b) The LEA may use additional funds
                                                  an LEA with funds under subpart A of                        (2) Assisting in classroom                          under subpart A of this part to support
                                                  this part to provide instructional                       management.                                            ongoing training and professional
                                                  support to a public school teacher                          (3) Assisting in computer instruction.              development, as defined in section
                                                  covered under § 200.55 who provides                         (4) Conducting parent involvement                   9101(34) of the ESEA, to assist teachers
                                                  equitable services to eligible private                   activities.                                            and paraprofessionals in carrying out
                                                  school students under § 200.62.                             (5) Providing instructional support in              activities under subpart A of this part.
                                                     (b) All paraprofessionals. A                          a library or media center.                             (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6319(h), (l); 7801(34))
                                                  paraprofessional covered under                              (6) Acting as a translator.
                                                  paragraph (a) of this section, regardless                   (7) Providing instructional support                 ■   51. Add § 200.61 to read as follows:
                                                  of the paraprofessional’s hiring date,                   services.
                                                                                                                                                                  § 200.61    Parents’ right to know.
                                                  must have earned a secondary school                         (c)(1) A paraprofessional may not
                                                  diploma or its recognized equivalent.                    provide instructional support to a                        (a) At the beginning of each school
                                                     (c) New paraprofessionals. A                          student unless the paraprofessional is                 year, an LEA that receives funds under
                                                  paraprofessional covered under                           working under the direct supervision of                subpart A of this part must notify the
                                                  paragraph (a) of this section who is                     a teacher who meets the requirements in                parents of each student attending a Title
                                                  hired after January 8, 2002 must have—                   § 200.56.                                              I school that the parents may request,
                                                     (1) Completed at least two years of                      (2) A paraprofessional works under                  and the LEA will provide the parents on
                                                  study at an institution of higher                        the direct supervision of a teacher if—                request, information regarding the
                                                  education;                                                  (i) The teacher plans the instructional             professional qualifications of the
                                                     (2) Obtained an associate’s or higher                 activities that the paraprofessional                   student’s classroom teachers, including,
                                                  degree; or                                               carries out;                                           at a minimum, the following:
                                                     (3)(i) Met a rigorous standard of                        (ii) The teacher evaluates the                         (1) Whether the teacher has met State
                                                  quality, and can demonstrate—through                     achievement of the students with whom                  qualification and licensing criteria for
                                                  a formal State or local academic                         the paraprofessional is working; and                   the grade levels and subject areas in
                                                  assessment—knowledge of, and the                            (iii) The paraprofessional works in                 which the teacher provides instruction.
                                                  ability to assist in instructing, as                     close and frequent physical proximity to                  (2) Whether the teacher is teaching
                                                  appropriate—                                             the teacher.                                           under emergency or other provisional
                                                     (A) Reading/language arts, writing,                      (d) A paraprofessional may assume                   status through which State qualification
                                                  and mathematics; or                                      limited duties that are assigned to                    or licensing criteria have been waived.
                                                     (B) Reading readiness, writing                        similar personnel who are not working                     (3) The baccalaureate degree major of
                                                  readiness, and mathematics readiness.                    in a program supported with funds                      the teacher and any other graduate
                                                     (ii) A secondary school diploma or its                under subpart A of this part—including                 certification or degree held by the
                                                  recognized equivalent is necessary, but                  non-instructional duties and duties that               teacher, and the field of discipline of the
                                                  not sufficient, to meet the requirement                  do not benefit participating students—if               certification or degree.
                                                  in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.                  the amount of time the paraprofessional
                                                     (d) Existing paraprofessionals. Each                                                                            (4) Whether the child is provided
                                                                                                           spends on those duties is the same                     services by paraprofessionals and, if so,
                                                  paraprofessional who was hired on or                     proportion of total work time as the time
                                                  before January 8, 2002 must meet the                                                                            their qualifications.
                                                                                                           spent by similar personnel at the same                    (b) A school that participates under
                                                  requirements in paragraph (c) of this                    school.
                                                  section no later than January 8, 2006.                                                                          subpart A of this part must provide to
                                                     (e) Exceptions. A paraprofessional                    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6319(g))                         each parent—
                                                  does not need to meet the requirements                   ■    50. Revise § 200.60 to read as follows:              (1) Information on the level of
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section if                                                                      achievement of the parent’s child in
                                                  the paraprofessional—                                    § 200.60 Expenditures for professional                 each of the State academic assessments
                                                     (1)(i) Is proficient in English and a                 development.                                           required under § 200.2;
                                                  language other than English; and                            (a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph                 (2) Timely notice that the parent’s
                                                     (ii) Acts as a translator to enhance the              (a)(2) of this section, an LEA must use                child has been assigned, or has been
                                                  participation of limited English                         funds it receives under subpart A of this              taught for four or more consecutive
                                                  proficient children under subpart A of                   part as follows for professional                       weeks by, a teacher of a core academic
                                                  this part; or                                            development activities to ensure that                  subject who is not highly qualified.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                           31709

                                                    (c) An LEA and school must provide                        (1) How the LEA will identify the                    (2) If the officials of the private
                                                  the notice and information required                      needs of eligible private school                      schools do not provide the affirmations
                                                  under this section—                                      children.                                             within a reasonable period of time, the
                                                    (1) In a uniform and understandable                       (2) What services the LEA will offer               LEA must submit to the SEA
                                                  format, including alternative formats                    to eligible private school children.                  documentation that the required
                                                  upon request; and                                           (3) How and when the LEA will make                 consultation occurred.
                                                    (2) To the extent practicable, in a                    decisions about the delivery of services.               (f) An official of a private school has
                                                  language that parents can understand.                       (4) How, where, and by whom the                    the right to complain to the SEA that the
                                                                                                           LEA will provide services to eligible                 LEA did not—
                                                  § 200.61   [Amended]                                     private school children.                                (1) Engage in timely and meaningful
                                                  ■ 52. Add an undesignated center                            (5) How the LEA will assess                        consultation; or
                                                  heading ‘‘Participation of Eligible                      academically the services to eligible                   (2) Consider the views of the official
                                                  Children in Private Schools’’ following                  private school children in accordance                 of the private school.
                                                  § 200.61.                                                with § 200.10, and how the LEA will use               (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6320(b))
                                                                                                           the results of that assessment to improve
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6311(h)(6))                                                                              ■   56. Revise § 200.64 to read as follows:
                                                                                                           Title I services.
                                                  ■   53. Add § 200.62 to read as follows:                    (6) The size and scope of the equitable
                                                                                                                                                                 § 200.64 Factors for determining equitable
                                                                                                           services that the LEA will provide to                 participation of private school children.
                                                  § 200.62 Responsibilities for providing                  eligible private school children, and,
                                                  services to private school children.
                                                                                                           consistent with § 200.64, the proportion                 (a) Equal expenditures. (1) Funds
                                                    (a) After timely and meaningful                        of funds that the LEA will allocate for               expended by an LEA under subpart A of
                                                  consultation with appropriate officials                  these services.                                       this part for services for eligible private
                                                  of private schools, an LEA must—                            (7) The method or sources of data that             school children in the aggregate must be
                                                    (1) In accordance with §§ 200.62                       the LEA will use under § 200.78 to                    equal to the amount of funds generated
                                                  through 200.67 and section 1120 of the                   determine the number of private school                by private school children from low-
                                                  ESEA, provide special educational                        children from low-income families                     income families under paragraph (a)(2)
                                                  services or other benefits under subpart                 residing in participating public school               of this section.
                                                  A of this part, on an equitable basis and                attendance areas, including whether the                  (2) An LEA must meet this
                                                  in a timely manner, to eligible children                 LEA will extrapolate data if a survey is              requirement as follows:
                                                  who are enrolled in private elementary                   used.                                                    (i)(A) If the LEA reserves funds under
                                                  and secondary schools; and                                  (8) The equitable services the LEA                 § 200.77 to provide instructional and
                                                    (2) Ensure that teachers and families                  will provide to teachers and families of              related activities for public elementary
                                                  of participating private school children                 participating private school children.                or secondary school students at the
                                                  participate on a basis equitable to the                     (c)(1) Consultation by the LEA must—               district level, the LEA must also provide
                                                  participation of teachers and families of                   (i) Include meetings of the LEA and                from those funds, as applicable,
                                                  public school children receiving these                   appropriate officials of the private                  equitable services to eligible private
                                                  services in accordance with § 200.65.                    schools; and                                          school children.
                                                    (b)(1) Eligible private school children                   (ii) Occur before the LEA makes any                   (B) The amount of funds available to
                                                  are children who—                                        decision that affects the opportunity of              provide equitable services from the
                                                    (i) Reside in participating public                     eligible private school children to                   applicable reserved funds must be
                                                  school attendance areas of the LEA,                      participate in Title I programs.                      proportionate to the number of private
                                                  regardless of whether the private school                    (2) The LEA must meet with officials               school children from low-income
                                                  they attend is located in the LEA; and                   of the private schools throughout the                 families residing in participating public
                                                    (ii) Meet the criteria in section 1115(b)              implementation and assessment of the                  school attendance areas.
                                                  of the ESEA.                                             Title I services.                                        (ii) The LEA must reserve the funds
                                                    (2) Among the eligible private school                     (d)(1) Consultation must include—                  generated by private school children
                                                  children, the LEA must select children                      (i) A discussion of service delivery               under § 200.78 and, in consultation with
                                                  to participate, consistent with § 200.64.                mechanisms the LEA can use to provide                 appropriate officials of the private
                                                    (c) The services and other benefits an                 equitable services to eligible private                schools, may—
                                                  LEA provides under this section must                     school children; and                                     (A) Combine those amounts, along
                                                  be secular, neutral and nonideological.                     (ii) A thorough consideration and                  with funds under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of
                                                                                                           analysis of the views of the officials of             this section, if appropriate, to create a
                                                  § 200.62   [Amended]                                     the private schools on the provision of               pool of funds from which the LEA
                                                  ■ 54. Remove the undesignated center                     services through a contract with a third-             provides equitable services to eligible
                                                  heading ‘‘Allocations to LEAs’’                          party provider.                                       private school children, in the aggregate,
                                                  following § 200.62.                                         (2) If the LEA disagrees with the                  in greatest need of those services; or
                                                                                                           views of the officials of the private                    (B) Provide equitable services to
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6315(b); 6320(a))                  schools on the provision of services                  eligible children in each private school
                                                  ■   55. Revise § 200.63 to read as follows:              through a contract, the LEA must                      with the funds generated by children
                                                                                                           provide in writing to the officials of the            from low-income families under
                                                  § 200.63   Consultation.                                 private schools the reasons why the LEA               § 200.78 who attend that private school.
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                     (a) In order to have timely and                       chooses not to use a contractor.                         (b) Services on an equitable basis. (1)
                                                  meaningful consultation, an LEA must                        (e)(1) The LEA must maintain in its                The services that an LEA provides to
                                                  consult with appropriate officials of                    records and provide to the SEA a                      eligible private school children must be
                                                  private schools during the design and                    written affirmation, signed by officials              equitable in comparison to the services
                                                  development of the LEA’s program for                     of each private school with participating             and other benefits that the LEA provides
                                                  eligible private school children.                        children or appropriate private school                to public school children participating
                                                     (b) At a minimum, the LEA must                        representatives, that the required                    under subpart A of this part.
                                                  consult on the following:                                consultation has occurred.                               (2) Services are equitable if the LEA—


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31710                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                     (i) Addresses and assesses the specific                 (c) Private school teachers are not                  § 200.70 Allocation of funds to LEAs in
                                                  needs and educational progress of                        covered by the requirements in § 200.56.               general.
                                                  eligible private school children on a                    (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6320(a))                            (a) The Secretary allocates basic
                                                  comparable basis as public school                                                                               grants, concentration grants, targeted
                                                  children;                                                ■    58. Revise § 200.66 to read as follows:           grants, and education finance incentive
                                                     (ii) Meets the equal expenditure                                                                             grants, through SEAs, to each eligible
                                                                                                           § 200.66 Requirements to ensure that
                                                  requirements under paragraph (a) of                                                                             LEA for which the Bureau of the Census
                                                                                                           funds do not benefit a private school.
                                                  section; and                                                                                                    has provided data on the number of
                                                     (iii) Provides private school children                  (a) An LEA must use funds under
                                                                                                                                                                  children from low-income families
                                                  with an opportunity to participate                       subpart A of this part to provide
                                                                                                                                                                  residing in the school attendance areas
                                                  that—                                                    services that supplement, and in no case
                                                                                                                                                                  of the LEA (hereinafter referred to as the
                                                     (A) Is equitable to the opportunity                   supplant, the services that would, in the
                                                                                                                                                                  ‘‘Census list’’).
                                                  provided to public school children; and                  absence of Title I services, be available
                                                                                                           to participating private school children.                 (b) In establishing eligibility and
                                                     (B) Provides reasonable promise of the                                                                       allocating funds under paragraph (a) of
                                                                                                             (b)(1) The LEA must use funds under
                                                  private school children achieving the                                                                           this section, the Secretary counts
                                                                                                           subpart A of this part to meet the special
                                                  high levels called for by the State’s                                                                           children ages 5 to 17, inclusive
                                                                                                           educational needs of participating
                                                  student academic achievement                                                                                    (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘formula
                                                                                                           private school children.
                                                  standards or equivalent standards                          (2) The LEA may not use funds under                  children’’)—
                                                  applicable to the private school                         subpart A of this part for—                               (1) From families below the poverty
                                                  children.                                                  (i) The needs of the private school; or              level based on the most recent
                                                     (3)(i) The LEA may provide services                     (ii) The general needs of children in                satisfactory data available from the
                                                  to eligible private school children either               the private school.                                    Bureau of the Census;
                                                  directly or through arrangements with                                                                              (2) From families above the poverty
                                                                                                           (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6320(a), 6321(b))
                                                  another LEA or a third-party provider.                                                                          level receiving assistance under the
                                                     (ii) If the LEA contracts with a third-               ■    59. Revise § 200.67 to read as follows:
                                                                                                                                                                  Temporary Assistance for Needy
                                                  party provider—                                          § 200.67 Requirements concerning                       Families program under Title IV of the
                                                     (A) The provider must be                              property, equipment, and supplies for the              Social Security Act;
                                                  independent of the private school and of                 benefit of private school children.                       (3) Being supported in foster homes
                                                  any religious organization; and                             (a) The LEA must keep title to and                  with public funds; and
                                                     (B) The contract must be under the                    exercise continuing administrative                        (4) Residing in local institutions for
                                                  control and supervision of the LEA.                      control of all property, equipment, and                neglected children.
                                                     (4) After timely and meaningful                       supplies that the LEA acquires with                       (c) Except as provided in §§ 200.72,
                                                  consultation under § 200.63, the LEA                     funds under subpart A of this part for                 200.75, and 200.100, an SEA may not
                                                  must make the final decisions with                       the benefit of eligible private school                 change the Secretary’s allocation to any
                                                  respect to the services it will provide to               children.                                              LEA that serves an area with a total
                                                  eligible private school children.                           (b) The LEA may place equipment                     census population of at least 20,000
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6320)                              and supplies in a private school for the               persons.
                                                                                                           period of time needed for the program.                    (d) In accordance with § 200.74, an
                                                  ■   57. Revise § 200.65 to read as follows:                 (c) The LEA must ensure that the                    SEA may use an alternative method,
                                                  § 200.65 Determining equitable                           equipment and supplies placed in a
                                                                                                                                                                  approved by the Secretary, to distribute
                                                  participation of teachers and families of                private school—
                                                                                                                                                                  the State’s share of basic grants,
                                                  participating private school children.                      (1) Are used only for Title I purposes;
                                                                                                           and                                                    concentration grants, targeted grants,
                                                    (a)(1) From applicable funds reserved                                                                         and education finance incentive grants
                                                  for parent involvement and professional                     (2) Can be removed from the private
                                                                                                           school without remodeling the private                  to LEAs that serve an area with a total
                                                  development under § 200.77, an LEA                                                                              census population of less than 20,000
                                                  shall ensure that teachers and families                  school facility.
                                                                                                              (d) The LEA must remove equipment                   persons.
                                                  of participating private school children
                                                                                                           and supplies from a private school if—                 (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6333–6337)
                                                  participate on an equitable basis in                        (1) The LEA no longer needs the
                                                  professional development and parent                                                                             ■   63. Revise § 200.71 to read as follows:
                                                                                                           equipment and supplies to provide Title
                                                  involvement activities, respectively.                    I services; or                                         § 200.71    LEA eligibility.
                                                    (2) The amount of funds available to                      (2) Removal is necessary to avoid
                                                  provide equitable services from the                                                                               (a) Basic grants. An LEA is eligible for
                                                                                                           unauthorized use of the equipment or                   a basic grant if the number of formula
                                                  applicable reserved funds must be                        supplies for other than Title I purposes.
                                                  proportionate to the number of private                                                                          children is—
                                                                                                              (e) The LEA may not use funds under
                                                  school children from low-income                                                                                    (1) At least 10; and
                                                                                                           subpart A of this part for repairs, minor
                                                  families residing in participating public                remodeling, or construction of private                    (2) Greater than two percent of the
                                                  school attendance areas.                                 school facilities.                                     LEA’s total population ages 5 to 17
                                                    (b) After consultation with                                                                                   years, inclusive.
                                                  appropriate officials of the private                     § 200.68    [Removed and Reserved]                        (b) Concentration grants. An LEA is
                                                  schools, the LEA must conduct                            ■    60. Remove and reserve § 200.68.                  eligible for a concentration grant if—
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  professional development and parent                                                                                (1) The LEA is eligible for a basic
                                                  involvement activities for the teachers                  § 200.69    [Amended]                                  grant under paragraph (a) of this section;
                                                  and families of participating private                    ■ 61. Revise the undesignated center                   and
                                                  school children either—                                  heading following reserved § 200.69 to                    (2) The number of formula children
                                                    (1) In conjunction with the LEA’s                      read as follows:                                       exceeds—
                                                  professional development and parent                                                                                (i) 6,500; or
                                                                                                           Allocations to LEAs
                                                  involvement activities; or                                                                                         (ii) 15 percent of the LEA’s total
                                                    (2) Independently.                                     ■    62. Revise § 200.70 to read as follows:           population ages 5 to 17 years, inclusive.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                                        31711

                                                    (c) Targeted grants. An LEA is eligible                             § 200.72 Procedures for adjusting                            (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6333–6337)
                                                  for a targeted grant if the number of                                 allocations determined by the Secretary to
                                                                                                                        account for eligible LEAs not on the Census                  ■   66. Revise § 200.73 to read as follows:
                                                  formula children is—
                                                                                                                        list.
                                                                                                                                                                                     § 200.73 Applicable hold-harmless
                                                    (1) At least 10; and                                                   (a) General. For each LEA not on the                      provisions.
                                                    (2) At least five percent of the LEA’s                              Census list (hereinafter referred to as a
                                                                                                                                                                                       (a) General. (1) Except as authorized
                                                  total population ages 5 to 17 years,                                  ‘‘new’’ LEA), an SEA must determine
                                                                                                                                                                                     under paragraph (c) of this section and
                                                  inclusive.                                                            the number of formula children and the
                                                                                                                                                                                     § 200.100(d)(2), an SEA may not reduce
                                                                                                                        number of children ages 5 to 17,
                                                    (d) Education finance incentive                                                                                                  the allocation of an eligible LEA below
                                                                                                                        inclusive, in that LEA.
                                                  grants. An LEA is eligible for an                                        (b) Determining LEA eligibility. An                       the hold-harmless amounts established
                                                  education finance incentive grant if the                              SEA must determine basic grant,                              under paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
                                                  number of formula children is—                                        concentration grant, targeted grant, and                        (2) The hold-harmless protection
                                                    (1) At least 10; and                                                education finance incentive grant                            limits the maximum reduction of an
                                                                                                                        eligibility for each new LEA and re-                         LEA’s allocation compared to the LEA’s
                                                    (2) At least five percent of the LEA’s                                                                                           allocation for the preceding year.
                                                  total population ages 5 to 17 years,                                  determine eligibility for the LEAs on the
                                                                                                                        Census list, as appropriate, based on the                       (3) Except as provided in § 200.100(d),
                                                  inclusive.                                                                                                                         an SEA must apply the hold-harmless
                                                                                                                        number of formula children and
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6333–6337)                                      children ages 5 to 17, inclusive,                            requirement separately for basic grants,
                                                                                                                        determined in paragraph (a) of this                          concentration grants, targeted grants,
                                                  § 200.71       [Amended]                                                                                                           and education finance incentive grants
                                                                                                                        section.
                                                                                                                           (c) Adjusting LEA allocations. An SEA                     as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this
                                                  ■ 64. Remove the undesignated center
                                                                                                                        must adjust the LEA allocations                              section.
                                                  heading ‘‘Fiscal Requirements’’
                                                                                                                        calculated by the Secretary to determine                        (4) Under section 1122(c) of the ESEA,
                                                  following § 200.71.
                                                                                                                        allocations for eligible new LEAs based                      the hold-harmless percentage varies
                                                  ■   65. Add § 200.72 to read as follows:                              on the number of formula children                            based on the LEA’s proportion of
                                                                                                                        determined in paragraph (a) of this                          formula children, as shown in the
                                                                                                                        section.                                                     following table:

                                                   LEA’s number of formula children ages 5 to 17, inclusive, as a                                 Hold-harmless
                                                     percentage of its total population of children ages 5 to 17,                                                                        Applicable grant formulas
                                                                                                                                                   percentage
                                                                               inclusive

                                                  (i) 30% or more ...........................................................................                   95     Basic Grants, Concentration Grants, Targeted Grants, and
                                                  (ii) 15% or more but less than 30% ............................................                               90       Education Finance Incentive Grants.
                                                  (iii) Less than 15% ......................................................................                    85



                                                     (b) Targeted grants and education                                  § 200.74 Use of an alternative method to                     concentration grants, targeted grants,
                                                  finance incentive grants. The number of                               distribute grants to LEAs with fewer than                    and education finance incentive grants
                                                  formula children used to determine the                                20,000 residents.                                            in accordance with § 200.71;
                                                  hold-harmless percentage is the number                                   (a) For eligible LEAs serving an area
                                                                                                                        with a total census population of less                          (2) Calculate allocations for small
                                                  before applying the weights described in                                                                                           LEAs in accordance with the provisions
                                                  section 1125 and section 1125A of the                                 than 20,000 persons (hereinafter
                                                                                                                        referred to as ‘‘small LEAs’’), an SEA                       of sections 1124, 1124A, 1125, and
                                                  ESEA.                                                                                                                              1125A of the ESEA, as applicable; and
                                                                                                                        may apply to the Secretary to use an
                                                     (c) Adjustment for insufficient funds.                             alternative method to distribute basic                          (3) Ensure that each LEA receives the
                                                  If the amounts made available to the                                  grant, concentration grant, targeted                         hold-harmless amount to which it is
                                                  State are insufficient to pay the full                                grant, and education finance incentive                       entitled under § 200.73.
                                                  amount that each LEA is eligible to                                   grant funds.
                                                  receive under paragraph (a)(4) of this                                                                                                (e) The amount of funds available for
                                                                                                                           (b) In its application, the SEA must—
                                                  section, the SEA must ratably reduce the                                 (1) Identify the alternative data it                      redistribution under each formula is the
                                                  allocations for all LEAs in the State to                              proposes to use; and                                         separate amount determined by the
                                                  the amount available.                                                    (2) Assure that it has established a                      Secretary under sections 1124, 1124A,
                                                                                                                        procedure through which a small LEA                          1125, and 1125A of the ESEA for
                                                     (d) Eligibility for hold-harmless
                                                                                                                        that is dissatisfied with the                                eligible small LEAs after the SEA has
                                                  protection. (1) An LEA must meet the
                                                                                                                        determination of its grant may appeal                        made the adjustments required under
                                                  eligibility requirements for a basic grant,
                                                  targeted grant, or education finance                                  directly to the Secretary.                                   § 200.72(c).
                                                  incentive grant under § 200.71 in order                                  (c) The SEA must base its alternative                        (f) If the amount available for
                                                  for the applicable hold-harmless                                      method on population data that best                          redistribution to small LEAs under an
                                                  provision to apply.                                                   reflect the current distribution of                          alternative method is not sufficient to
                                                                                                                        children from low-income families                            satisfy applicable hold-harmless
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                     (2) An LEA not meeting the eligibility                             among the State’s small LEAs and use
                                                  requirements for a concentration grant                                                                                             requirements, the SEA must ratably
                                                                                                                        the same poverty measure consistently                        reduce all eligible small LEAs to the
                                                  under § 200.71 must be paid its hold-                                 for small LEAs across the State for all
                                                  harmless amount for four consecutive                                                                                               amount available.
                                                                                                                        Title I, part A programs.
                                                  years.                                                                   (d) Based on the alternative poverty                      (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6333–6337)
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6332(c))                                        data selected, the SEA must—
                                                                                                                           (1) Re-determine eligibility of its                       ■   68. Add § 200.75 to read as follows:
                                                  ■   67. Add § 200.74 to read as follows:                              small LEAs for basic grants,


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014        21:45 Jul 06, 2017      Jkt 241001     PO 00000       Frm 00023         Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                  31712                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  § 200.75 Special procedures for allocating               educational services in § 200.48, unless                  (D) Apply the low-income percentage
                                                  concentration grant funds in small States.               the LEA meets these requirements with                  of each participating public school
                                                     (a) In a State in which the number of                 non-Title I funds;                                     attendance area to the number of private
                                                  formula children is less than 0.25                          (d) Address the professional                        school children who reside in that
                                                  percent of the national total on January                 development needs of instructional                     school attendance area; or
                                                  8, 2002 (hereinafter referred to as a                    staff, including—                                         (E) Use an equated measure of low
                                                  ‘‘small State’’), an SEA may either—                        (1) Professional development
                                                                                                                                                                  income correlated with the measure of
                                                     (1) Allocate concentration grants                     requirements under § 200.52(a)(3)(iii) if
                                                                                                                                                                  low income used to count public school
                                                  among eligible LEAs in the State in                      the LEA has been identified for
                                                                                                                                                                  children.
                                                  accordance with §§ 200.72 through                        improvement or corrective action; and
                                                  200.74, as applicable; or                                   (2) Professional development                           (iii) An LEA may count private school
                                                     (2) Without regard to the allocations                 expenditure requirements under                         children from low-income families
                                                  determined by the Secretary—                             § 200.60;                                              every year or every two years.
                                                     (i) Identify those LEAs in which the                     (e) Meet the requirements for parental                 (iv) After timely and meaningful
                                                  number or percentage of formula                          involvement in section 1118(a)(3) of the               consultation in accordance with
                                                  children exceeds the statewide average                   ESEA;                                                  § 200.63, the LEA shall have the final
                                                  number or percentage of those children;                     (f) Administer programs for public                  authority in determining the method
                                                  and                                                      and private school children under this                 used to calculate the number of private
                                                     (ii) Allocate concentration grant                     part, including special capital expenses,              school children from low-income
                                                  funds, consistent with § 200.73, among                   if any, incurred in providing services to              families;
                                                  the LEAs identified in paragraph                         eligible private school children, such
                                                                                                           as—                                                       (3) If an LEA ranks its school
                                                  (a)(2)(i) of this section based on the
                                                                                                              (1) The purchase and lease of real and              attendance areas and schools by grade
                                                  number of formula children in each of
                                                                                                           personal property (including mobile                    span groupings, the LEA may determine
                                                  those LEAs.
                                                     (b) If the SEA in a small State uses an               educational units and neutral sites);                  the percentage of children from low-
                                                  alternative method under § 200.74, the                      (2) Insurance and maintenance costs;                income families in the LEA as a whole
                                                  SEA must use the poverty data                               (3) Transportation; and                             or for each grade span grouping.
                                                  approved under the alternative method                       (4) Other comparable goods and                         (b)(1) Except as provided in
                                                  to identify those LEAs with numbers or                   services, including non-instructional                  paragraphs (b)(2) and (d) of this section,
                                                  percentages of formula children that                     computer technicians; and                              an LEA must allocate to each
                                                                                                              (g) Conduct other authorized                        participating school attendance area or
                                                  exceed the statewide average number or
                                                                                                           activities, such as school improvement                 school an amount for each low-income
                                                  percentage of those children for the
                                                                                                           and coordinated services.
                                                  State as a whole.                                                                                               child that is at least 125 percent of the
                                                                                                           (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6313(c)(3) and (4),              per-pupil amount of funds the LEA
                                                  (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6334(b))
                                                                                                           6316(b)(10), (c)(7)(iii), 6318(a)(3), 6319(l),         received for that year under part A,
                                                  ■   69. Add § 200.77 to read as follows:                 6320, 7279d)                                           subpart 2 of Title I. The LEA must
                                                  § 200.77   Reservation of funds by an LEA.               ■    70. Add § 200.78 to read as follows:              calculate this per-pupil amount before it
                                                     Before allocating funds in accordance                                                                        reserves funds under § 200.77, using the
                                                                                                           § 200.78 Allocation of funds to school
                                                  with § 200.78, an LEA must reserve                       attendance areas and schools.
                                                                                                                                                                  poverty measure selected by the LEA
                                                  funds as are reasonable and necessary                                                                           under section 1113(a)(5) of the ESEA.
                                                                                                              (a)(1) An LEA must allocate funds
                                                  to—                                                      under subpart A of this part to school                    (2) If an LEA is serving only school
                                                     (a) Provide services comparable to                    attendance areas and schools, identified               attendance areas or schools in which the
                                                  those provided to children in                            as eligible and selected to participate                percentage of children from low-income
                                                  participating school attendance areas                    under section 1113(a) or (b) of the                    families is 35 percent or more, the LEA
                                                  and schools to serve—                                    ESEA, in rank order on the basis of the                is not required to allocate a per-pupil
                                                     (1) Homeless children who do not                      total number of children from low-                     amount of at least 125 percent.
                                                  attend participating schools, including                  income families in each area or school.                   (c) An LEA is not required to allocate
                                                  providing educationally related support                     (2)(i) In calculating the total number              the same per-pupil amount to each
                                                  services to children in shelters and                     of children from low-income families,                  participating school attendance area or
                                                  other locations where homeless children                  the LEA must include children from                     school provided the LEA allocates
                                                  may live;                                                low-income families who attend private                 higher per-pupil amounts to areas or
                                                     (2) Children in local institutions for                schools.                                               schools with higher concentrations of
                                                  neglected children; and                                     (ii) To obtain a count of private school            poverty than to areas or schools with
                                                     (3) If appropriate—                                   children, the LEA may—                                 lower concentrations of poverty.
                                                     (i) Children in local institutions for                   (A) Use the same poverty data the
                                                  delinquent children; and                                                                                           (d) An LEA may reduce the amount of
                                                                                                           LEA uses to count public school
                                                     (ii) Neglected and delinquent children                                                                       funds allocated under this section to a
                                                                                                           children;
                                                  in community-day school programs;                           (B)(1) Use comparable poverty data                  school attendance area or school if the
                                                     (b) Provide, where appropriate under                  from a survey of families of private                   area or school is spending supplemental
                                                  section 1113(c)(4) of the ESEA, financial                school students that, to the extent                    State or local funds for programs that
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                                  incentives and rewards to teachers who                   possible, protects the families’ identity;             meet the requirements in § 200.79(b).
                                                  serve students in Title I schools                        and                                                       (e) If an LEA contains two or more
                                                  identified for school improvement,                          (2) Extrapolate data from the survey                counties in their entirety, the LEA must
                                                  corrective action, and restructuring for                 based on a representative sample if                    distribute to schools within each county
                                                  the purpose of attracting and retaining                  complete actual data are unavailable;                  a share of the LEA’s total grant that is
                                                  qualified and effective teachers;                           (C) Use comparable poverty data from                no less than the county’s share of the
                                                     (c) Meet the requirements for choice-                 a different source, such as scholarship                child count used to calculate the LEA’s
                                                  related transportation and supplemental                  applications;                                          grant.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 129 / Friday, July 7, 2017 / Rules and Regulations                                               31713

                                                  § 200.78   [Amended]                                     support students in their achievement                 section 1113(b)(1)(D) and 1113(c)(2)(B)
                                                  ■ 71. Add an undesignated center                         toward meeting the State’s challenging                of the ESEA.
                                                  heading ‘‘Fiscal Requirements’’                          academic achievement standards that all               (Authority: 20 U.S.C. 6321(b)–(d))
                                                  following § 200.78.                                      students are expected to meet;
                                                                                                              (iii) Is designed to meet the                      PART 299—GENERAL PROVISIONS
                                                  ■   72. Add § 200.79 to read as follows:                 educational needs of all students in the
                                                                                                           school, particularly the needs of                     ■  73. The authority citation for part 299
                                                  § 200.79 Exclusion of supplemental State
                                                  and local funds from supplement, not                     students who are failing, or most at risk             is revised to read as follows:
                                                  supplant and comparability determinations.               of failing, to meet the State’s challenging             Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3(a)(1),
                                                                                                           student academic achievement                          6511(a), and 7373(b), unless otherwise noted.
                                                     (a) For the purpose of determining
                                                                                                           standards; and
                                                  compliance with the supplement not                          (iv) Uses the State’s assessment                   ■ 74. In § 299.1 revise paragraph (a) to
                                                  supplant requirement in section                          system under § 200.2 to review the                    read as follows:
                                                  1120A(b) and the comparability                           effectiveness of the program; or
                                                  requirement in section 1120A(c) of the                                                                         § 299.1 What are the purpose and scope of
                                                                                                              (2)(i) Serves only students who are                these regulations?
                                                  ESEA, a grantee or subgrantee under                      failing, or most at risk of failing, to meet
                                                  subpart A of this part may exclude                       the State’s challenging student academic                 (a) This part establishes uniform
                                                  supplemental State and local funds                       achievement standards;                                administrative rules for programs in
                                                  spent in any school attendance area or                      (ii) Provides supplementary services               titles I through XIII of the Elementary
                                                  school for programs that meet the intent                 designed to meet the special educational              and Secondary Education Act of 1965,
                                                  and purposes of Title I.                                 needs of the students who are                         as amended (ESEA). As indicated in
                                                     (b) A program meets the intent and                    participating in the program to support               particular sections of this part, certain
                                                  purposes of Title I if the program                       their achievement toward meeting the                  provisions apply only to a specific
                                                  either—                                                  State’s student academic achievement                  group of programs.
                                                     (1)(i) Is implemented in a school in                  standards; and                                        *      *     *     *     *
                                                  which the percentage of children from                       (iii) Uses the State’s assessment
                                                  low-income families is at least 40                       system under § 200.2 to review the                    Subpart G—[Removed]
                                                  percent;                                                 effectiveness of the program.
                                                     (ii) Is designed to promote schoolwide                   (c) The conditions in paragraph (b) of             ■   75. Remove subpart G.
                                                  reform and upgrade the entire                            this section also apply to supplemental               [FR Doc. 2017–12126 Filed 7–6–17; 8:45 am]
                                                  educational operation of the school to                   State and local funds expended under                  BILLING CODE 4000–01–P
asabaliauskas on DSKBBXCHB2PROD with RULES




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:45 Jul 06, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\07JYR2.SGM   07JYR2



Document Created: 2017-07-07 02:19:44
Document Modified: 2017-07-07 02:19:44
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionRules and Regulations
ActionFinal regulations; CRA revocation.
DatesThis action is effective July 7, 2017.
ContactMelissa Siry, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 3W104, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 260-0926 or by email: [email protected]
FR Citation82 FR 31690 
RIN Number1810-AB27
CFR Citation34 CFR 200
34 CFR 299
CFR AssociatedElementary and Secondary Education; Grant Programs-Education; Indians-Education; Infants and Children; Juvenile Delinquency; Migrant Labor; Private Schools; Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements and Administrative Practice and Procedure

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR